Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Morgan Sindall Group

Morgan Sindall Group

mgns · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mgns
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Morgan Sindall Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Strategic report

Overview

The Construction & 
Regeneration Group
Annual report 2014

1

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Running heading

User guide

This PDF allows you to find information and navigate 
around this document more easily.

Back to user guide

Last visited page

Search this PDF

Print options

Preceding page

Next page

Links in this PDF
Words and numbers that are underlined are links — 
clicking on them will take you to further information 
within the document or to a web page (opens in  a new 
window) if they are a url (e.g www.morgansindall.com).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Group at a glance

G
r
o
u
p

C
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n

R
e
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

Morgan Sindall Group is a leading construction and regeneration group 
operating via a network of offices around the UK. Through its construction 
activities the Group provides clients with design, new build, refurbishment 
and maintenance services for their property and infrastructure assets. 
Working in long-term partnerships, the Group’s regeneration activities 
comprise mixed-use and housing developments which are creating economic 
and social value throughout the country. The Group’s five divisions operate 
in the public and private sectors across a wide range of markets.

Construction & Infrastructure
Offers design, construction and infrastructure services, working on 
projects, and in frameworks and strategic alliances of all sizes. Markets 
include commercial, defence, education, energy, healthcare, industrial, 
leisure, retail, transport and water. 

The division’s professional services business offers multi-disciplinary 
engineering and design consultancy services.

Fit Out
Specialises in fit out and refurbishment projects. Overbury operates 
through multiple procurement routes in the commercial, central and  
local government office, further education and retail banking markets. 
Morgan Lovell specialises in workplace strategy and the interior  
design and build of offices.

Affordable Housing
Specialises in the delivery of complex regeneration schemes and in  
the design, build, refurbishment and maintenance of homes. Operates  
a full mixed-tenure model, creating homes for rent, shared ownership 
and open market sale.

The division’s response maintenance services include facilities 
management and planned and responsive repairs to social housing 
providers and public buildings.

Urban Regeneration
Works with landowners and public sector partners to unlock value from 
under-developed assets to bring about sustainable regeneration and 
urban renewal through the delivery of mixed-use and residential-led 
projects. Typically creates commercial, retail, residential, leisure and 
public realm facilities.

Investments
Creates long-term strategic partnerships to realise the potential of 
under-utilised assets, promotes sustained economic growth through 
regeneration and drives cost efficiencies through innovative and 
integrated estate management solutions. Markets include asset  
backed, education, healthcare and social care, residential, student 
accommodation, leisure and infrastructure.

The division’s community solutions business provides management, 
project development and funding through a one-stop service,  
allowing partners to invest in local communities.

 *Before intangible amortisation. 

Revenue

£2,220m
2013: £2,095m

Operating profit – 
adjusted*

£28.9m
2013: £33.6m

Revenue

£1,172m
2013: £1,234m

Operating profit – 
adjusted*

£3.5m
2013: £12.7m

Revenue

£507m
2013: £427m

Operating profit – 
adjusted*

£15.0m
2013: £10.9m

Revenue

£423m
2013: £381m

Operating profit – 
adjusted*

£6.0m
2013: £8.6m

Revenue

£113m
2013: £62m

Operating profit – 
adjusted*

£10.0m
2013: £1.0m

Average capital  
employed

£17.3m
2013: £22.7m

Operating profit – 
adjusted*

£0.9m
2013: £6.1m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Group highlights

Revenue £m 

2014 

2013 

Adjusted profit before tax* £m

2014 

2013 

25.2

Operating profit – reported £m

2014 

2013 

16.2

Dividend pence 

2014 

2013 

Adjusted EPS* pence 

2014 

2013 

46.7

2,220

2,095

31.3

26.5

27.0

27.0

60.9

Committed order book £bn 

2014 

2013 

2.7

2.4

Regeneration and development pipeline £bn 

2014 

2013 

3.2

3.0

* Adjusted is defined as before intangible amortisation of £2.4m 
  (2013: £2.7m), exceptional operating items of £nil (2013: £14.7m) 
  and (in the case of earnings per share) deferred tax credit due to 
  a change in the statutory tax rate £nil (2013: £2.5m).

Contents

Strategic report
02  Overview
04  Chairman’s statement
06  Business model
09  Strategy and markets
18  Chief Executive’s review
28  Finance review
31  Risk review
44  Sustainability review

Governance
48  Chairman’s statement
48  Board of directors
50  Group management team
52  Corporate governance report
58  Directors’ remuneration 

report

72  Directors’ report
76  Directors’ responsibilities 

statement

Financial statements

78 

Independent auditor’s report

82  Consolidated financial statements
86  Significant accounting policies
91  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

110  Company financial statements
112  Significant accounting policies
113  Notes to the Company financial statements

114  Shareholder information

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

A PDF download of our 2014 Annual report 
www.corporate.morgansindall.com

Our corporate website 
www.corporate.morgansindall.com

Sustainability 
www.corporate.morgansindall.com/sustainability

Cover image
Lee Tunnel Project by MVB joint venture for Thames Water

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Group highlights

01

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Overview

Our strategic priorities 

Our performance in 2014

Looking forward

The Group’s long-term strategy, to 
enhance its market-leading position 
across its chosen markets and use the 
cash generated from its construction 
activities to invest in and grow its 
regeneration activities, remains 
unchanged.

Confidence in the strategy has been 
reinforced by a strong performance  
from Urban Regeneration in 2014.

Target markets  
that offer the best  
potential for growth 

Significant appointments have been secured 
in the Group’s key markets of social housing, 
education, transport and commercial.

The Group will continue to be managed  
in line with its strategic priorities and  
to deploy its capital structure and 
management expertise to generate 
sustainable returns without taking  
undue risks. 

Further investment in regeneration 
opportunities supported by improvement in 
the Group’s order book provides confidence 
that the Group is well positioned to deliver 
future growth.

Maximise returns by  
focusing on relationships  
with key customers 

New work has been secured on existing 
long-term frameworks and appointments 
secured on significant new frameworks.

The Group is committed to developing 
long-term relationships, creating strategic 
partnerships and securing positions on  
major frameworks.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Utilise the Group’s  
complementary range  
of skills to provide  
an integrated offering

Sister divisions have collaborated on 
long-term, complex schemes around the 
UK involving investment, development and 
construction, for example the Towcester 
regeneration scheme (see page 21). 

Investments continues its strategy to unlock 
prime long-term construction opportunities 
for sister divisions.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Use the cash generated  
through construction  
activity to invest  
in regeneration 

Urban Regeneration has performed strongly, 
with a significant increase in operating profit 
and 13% growth in its regeneration and 
development pipeline. 

Firm financial discipline will be applied  
to overheads, cash and working capital  
to ensure the Group has sufficient cash  
to invest from its construction activities  
into quality regeneration opportunities.

7
7
–
1
1
6

To read more see pages 9 to 11.

Pages 9 to 11 and 18 to 27.

Pages 9 to 11 and 18 to 27.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Overview

02

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Overview continued

Business model 

The Group’s business model comprises  
five distinct but complementary drivers  
of growth that help the Group to deliver  
its strategy.

2014 key performance  
indicators (‘KPIs’)

The Group uses financial and non-financial 
KPIs to measure its progress in delivering  
its strategy priorities.

Risk awareness 

The Group has a long established culture  
of mature risk and control processes  
to manage both material and day-to-day 
circumstances.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Group’s performance and business 
conduct affects employees, subcontractors 
and the public and in turn can affect its 
reputation and commercial performance.

The Group undertakes several hundred 
contracts each year and needs to ensure  
that contractual terms relate to the risks 
arising from the nature and complexity  
of the works.

If employees are not properly engaged with 
the culture of the business, clients are less 
likely to receive exceptional levels of service.

7
7
–
1
1
6

Without sufficient liquidity, the Group’s ability 
to meet its liabilities as they fall due would  
be compromised which could ultimately lead 
to its failure to operate as a going concern.

Accident Incident Rate
306
Number of graduates recruited
67
Average number of training  
days per employee 
2.2 days

Regeneration and development pipeline
£3.2bn
Perfect delivery
81% 
Committed order book
£2.7bn

Gross margin 
8.2%
Overhead as a proportion of revenue
7.2%
Carbon intensity (Scopes 1, 2 and 3)
16.95

Working capital as a proportion  
of revenue
(2.5%)
Adjusted operating cash flow  
as a percentage of adjusted  
operating profit*
8%

People
• Highest standards maintained in health  

and safety 

• Morgan Sindall Group People Promise 
(‘People Promise’) launched to position  
the Group as employer of choice.

Winning in our markets
• Close collaboration with clients and partners
• Driving continuous improvement through 

Perfect Delivery 

• Targeting markets with highest 

opportunities for growth.

Maximising efficiency
• Long-term relationships with trusted 

suppliers and subcontractors

• Optimising business processes and  

support functions

• Reducing energy consumption and  

carbon emissions.

Disciplined use of capital
• Rigorous cash management
• Long-term joint ventures and  

strategic alliances

• Forward selling schemes with leading 

financial institutions.

Pursuing innovation
• Empowering employees to think differently
• Identifying innovative routes to market
• Pioneering commercial structuring and 

funding solutions

• Creating new design and construction 

techniques.

Group revenue generated from 
Investments funding solutions
£68.4m

If the Group fails to encourage an innovative 
approach across its divisions it could lose  
its competitive edge and suffer reputational 
damage.

Pages 6 to 8.

Pages 6 to 8.

Pages 31 to 43.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Overview

03

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chairman’s statement

Adrian Martin
Chairman

The Group’s 2014 result has been held back by the performance of a small number of construction contracts 
in Construction & Infrastructure. However we were encouraged by a particularly strong performance from Urban 
Regeneration, reinforcing the belief in our strategy of utilising the cash generated through construction to invest  
in regeneration activities.

We have also seen further evidence of how the Group’s broad range of capabilities adds extra resilience to the cyclical 
nature of individual markets. Fit Out’s agility in swiftly responding to increasing industry upturn has resulted in the division’s 
results exceeding expectation.

As I stated last year, the continued investment in our people is critical for future success. We have launched the first phase 
of our People Promise which has focused on implementing tools around succession planning and talent management 
across the Group. In addition, the Group management team has been significantly strengthened and strong foundations 
have been laid to realise our ambition to be the employer of choice in our industry. 

We continue to work on a range of large-scale projects across the UK which are anticipated to deliver strong returns  
in the years ahead. With projects becoming increasingly complex, clients recognise the value we can add when two  
or more of our divisions work in collaboration. We continue to demonstrate across a number of large-scale projects how 
our integrated offering can significantly reduce complexity. 

Health and safety remains a priority for the Board. Everyone affected by our activities should benefit from an incident-free 
environment. We were saddened by the death of one of our subcontractors this year. The incident was thoroughly 
investigated and as a result no changes to our processes and procedures were needed. However, our core safety policies 
remain under constant review.

I am pleased that our resolve to identify and manage risks associated with climate change continues to be recognised.  
For the third year running we are the highest-scoring construction company in the CDP’s UK Climate Change Report 2014. 

Geraldine Gallacher stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2014 after a seven-year tenure and I would like  
to extend my thanks to Geraldine for her significant contribution. 

The Board proposes that the final dividend of 15.0p per share is held level with the prior year (2013: 15.0p), resulting  
in a total dividend for the year of 27.0p (2013: 27.0p). 

Our people have remained very positive in what has been a tough year for the Group and I would like to thank them for 
their continued support. As we enter 2015, we will continue to face challenges, but we firmly believe that the medium- 
and long-term opportunities for the Group remain very attractive and that we have the right people in place to take our 
strategy for growth forwards.

Adrian Martin 
Chairman 
19 February 2015

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chairman’s statement

04

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Developing talent

 The People Promise is committed  
to enhancing career opportunities across  
the Group.

Trevor Haystead
Joined the Group as an apprentice 
bricklayer in 1982. Now operations 
manager for Affordable Housing’s 
East Anglia region.

Samantha Metcalfe
Joined as a receptionist in 2008. 
Now proposals manager for all  
of the Investment division’s bids. 
Studying for a degree in Business 
and Management.

Terri Seel
Engineering degree sponsored 
through the Institution of Civil 
Engineers (‘ICE’) QUEST programme. 
Became graduate engineer for 
Construction & Infrastructure in 
2012. Promoted in 2014 to section 
engineer, currently working on a 
railway under-bridge on a dual 
carriageway construction project.

Mike Payton
Started as a geologist in 1988 and 
became design and construction 
director for Urban Regeneration  
in 2010. Appointed director  
of project management in 2013.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Lisa Giglio
Joined Fit Out in 2013. Site based 
project manager, working on  
large turnkey fit out projects.  
Now working towards a Masters  
in Construction Management. 

Oliver Watson 
Joined Fit Out in 2004 as a 
management trainee. Obtained  
BSc Hons in Quantity Surveying. 
Promoted to quantity surveyor,  
then commercial manager  
and is now contracts manager  
on major projects.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Developing talent

05

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Our business model

Introduction

People

The Group adds value through its:
• philosophy of Perfect Delivery focused on continuous 

improvement in business processes and in service quality  
and delivery 

• integrated offering which enables the Group to deliver complex 
construction projects by providing a single solution for clients 
• principles of maximising efficiency and a disciplined approach  
to capital management which assist in cash generated from 
construction activities being available to invest in regeneration

• decentralised approach which empowers people to think 

differently and to develop innovative ways of delivering projects.

These values are encapsulated in the Group’s business model as five  
distinct drivers of growth:

Winning in  
our markets

Pursuing 
innovation

People

Disciplined use of capital

Maximising  
efficiency

At the heart of the Group, and supporting the entire business 
model, are its people whose talent, experience and diversity are 
essential to deliver ever higher standards in innovation, quality  
and safety. 

A significant milestone has been the launch of the People Promise following 
detailed internal research. This initiative represents a promise by the Group  
to all its employees explaining what they can expect from the Group and 
their team members and, in turn, what is expected from them. Programmes 
have been developed to further build the strength of the Group’s talent pool. 
Support networks are being embedded across the Group to enable all 
employees to forge exciting careers in an environment where achievement  
is recognised. To ensure the values of the People Promise are translated into 
meaningful actions, metrics have been agreed to measure progress across  
all divisions.

Creating a safe environment for all its employees, its supply chain and the 
communities within which it operates is one of the Group’s underlying 
principles. The highest standards in health and safety processes and 
procedures are rigorously applied across all operations. Training is provided  
to ensure that everyone understands their responsibilities to protect their 
own safety and that of others.

Accident Incident Rate* 

2014 

2013 

Number of graduates recruited

A range of financial and non-financial KPIs are used to monitor progress 
where appropriate. The business model is supported by clear risk 
management procedures to ensure that the highest standards  
of integrity and ethical conduct are maintained consistently across  
the Group (see risk review on page 31).

2014 

2013 

Average training days per employee 

2014 

2013 

*Number of accidents per 100,000 employees.

306

57

385

67

2.2

2.3

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Our business model

06

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Our business model continued

Winning in our markets

Maximising efficiency

The Group’s ethos is defined by its unrelenting focus on clients 
and its drive to achieve operational excellence and consistent 
delivery on projects of all scales and levels of complexity. This 
is demonstrated through working in close collaboration with 
clients and partners, understanding their needs and leveraging 
skills across the Group to identify innovative and cost-effective 
solutions.

The Group’s philosophy of Perfect Delivery drives continuous improvement 
and higher standards of quality and service across all operations. Perfect 
Delivery status is granted to projects that meet four criteria, specified by  
each division. Client experience feedback is proactively sought to identify 
strengths and recognise areas that require improvement.

The Group targets key markets that best suit its skills and market knowledge. 
The Group has developed an in-depth understanding of the challenges faced 
by its clients and has built up enduring relationships and a trusted reputation 
for delivering added value. This enables the Group to enjoy a high level  
of work on large-scale regeneration programmes, complex construction 
projects and long-term frameworks. A rigorous approach to contract 
selectivity is maintained to identify opportunities that offer the best  
potential for growth and superior returns.

Maximising efficiency is a priority for the Group to improve 
profitability and deliver positive sustainable returns to shareholders 
and wider stakeholders.

The Group spends a high percentage of its cost of sales on goods and 
subcontractor services. Long-term relationships are built with suppliers  
and subcontractors who share the Group’s philosophy of Perfect Delivery 
and who can meet the Group’s standards of quality and sustainability.  
By working with fewer high performing and trusted subcontractors and 
suppliers, disputes are minimised, projects are delivered consistently and  
cost savings secured. The Group’s approach enables it to use its scale  
to procure goods and services as effectively as possible whilst retaining  
a level of flexibility to meet changing economic and client requirements.

A focused approach to optimise business processes and support  
functions has also been maintained with particular emphasis on identifying 
opportunities to standardise best practice products and processes to 
unlock greater efficiencies.

The Group’s sustainability performance also impacts on efficiency.  
A Group-wide approach to reducing energy consumption and carbon 
emissions has directly translated into cost savings. The principle  
of sustainability is placed at the heart of the supply chain and across  
all projects the Group delivers to ensure that economic, social and 
environmental benefits are shared across a wide spectrum of stakeholders.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Committed order book 

2014 

2013 

Regeneration and development pipeline 

2014 

2013 

2.4

3.0

Percentage of completed projects achieving Perfect Delivery 

2014 

2013 

76

£bn

2.7

£bn

3.2

%

81

Gross margin

2014 

2013 

Overhead as a proportion of revenue 

2014 

2013 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Our business model

%

8.2

8.2

%

7.2

7.1

07

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Our business model continued

Disciplined use of capital

Pursuing innovation

The Group exercises a rigorous approach to cash management 
ensuring returns from investment are maximised and the cash 
position is closely monitored. The disciplined use of capital is 
essential to ensure that the Group has the available funds to invest 
cash generated from its construction activities into profitable 
regeneration opportunities and to pay dividends to shareholders.

Good relationships with banks and other financial institutions help  
ensure that sufficient and competitively priced debt facilities are available.  
Allocation of debt and equity in the Group’s capital structure is regularly 
reviewed to ensure the right balance between maximising shareholder  
return and being able to respond appropriately to changes in the Group’s 
operating environment.

In construction activities, working capital is tightly managed to ensure that 
minimal funds are tied up in customer receivables. The Group’s strategy  
of working in long-term joint ventures and strategic alliances reduces the 
need to draw on its debt facilities and allows the Group to mitigate risks  
that might be associated with complex large-scale projects.

The Group develops schemes for major regeneration projects that minimise 
the use of its funds. By working collaboratively with landowners, it avoids the 
need to purchase land on the open market and uses opportunities to forward 
sell schemes with leading financial institutions when favourable to do so. 

Providing added value through innovation is a strategic priority for 
the Group to ensure long-term growth. It brings a fresh approach 
to challenges through developing innovative practices that deliver 
more cost-effective solutions, create competitive advantage  
and drive efficiency across all divisions. Creating the right culture 
to foster innovation is a priority for attracting and motivating the 
best talent and the Group actively encourages and empowers  
its people to think differently.

Identifying innovative routes to market that overcome barriers to success  
are an acknowledged specialism of the Group. Its expertise in creating 
pioneering commercial structuring and funding solutions enables its public 
sector partners and clients to unlock opportunities, operate more efficiently 
and realise complex regeneration visions.

The Group’s investment in Building Information Modelling (‘BIM’) and BIM’s 
successful deployment is achieving better outcomes for clients and is a clear 
business driver. BIM provides a platform for closer collaboration, reduced 
costs and faster delivery alongside lower environmental impacts. Across the 
Group, an appetite for adopting new technology is evident with examples 
extending from the development of an app to drive residential sales through 
to the use of mobile technology on site.

The Group continues to invest in research and development activity.  
It works with leading institutions to create innovative design and construction 
techniques that improve project delivery and enhance the Group’s reputation. 
The spending incurred on research and development is generally contained 
within project work performed for clients and is not separately identified.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Working capital as a proportion of revenue

%

Group revenue generated from Investments funding solutions £m 

2014 

2013 

(2.5)

2014 
2013  8.65†

(3.2)

68.4

Adjusted operating cash flow as a percentage 
of adjusted operating profit* 

8

2014 

2013 

%

44

†Only includes revenue generated for Investments, but not other divisions.
  In 2014, Investments-only revenue was £24.94m.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Our business model

08

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Strategic report

Strategy and markets

The Group’s strategy is focused on two distinct  
but complementary business activities: 

Construction which comprises the following operations and accounts  
for 39% of operating profit:
• Construction & Infrastructure
• Fit Out
• Affordable Housing – construction and services work focused on  

new build house contracting and planned and response maintenance.

Regeneration which comprises the following operations and accounts  
for 61% of operating profit:
• Affordable Housing – regeneration mixed-tenure developments focused 
on building and developing homes for open market sale and for social  
or affordable rent
• Urban Regeneration
• Investments.

Within these business activities the Group’s strategic focus is to:
• target markets that offer the best potential for growth, allowing the  
Group to build on its market-leading positions and providing medium-  
to long-term opportunities with superior returns 

• maximise returns within these markets by focusing on relationships  

with key customers to secure higher quality work, for example through 
repeat business, frameworks and alliances

• utilise the Group’s complementary range of skills to provide an integrated 

offering to customers

• use cash generated through its construction activities to invest in, and 

grow, its regeneration activities.

The Group’s strategy is underpinned by five business drivers that constitute 
its business model (see pages 6 to 8).

Markets
The overall value of the construction market has increased by 5% on the 
previous year. The market is split into three sectors: public, regulated and 
private. Within these sectors, the Group targets key markets which are  
ahead of the previous year by 7%. The size and forecast movements  
of these targeted key markets are shown in the table below.

Market conditions have been mixed in 2014. Levels of activity have  
increased across a number of markets, in particular open market housing  
and commercial, whilst public sector austerity has held back growth in other 
areas such as healthcare and defence. The effect of increased activity in 
certain markets has also been evident in the supply chain, with cost inflation 
impacting margins. 

Strategic priorities within key markets
The Group sets strategic priorities for each of the construction markets in 
which it operates and across its regeneration activities. These priorities are 
reviewed regularly to assess the progress made and identify any additional 
actions required. Of the key markets that the Group targets, there are four 
that each contribute more than 10% of its annual revenue: social housing, 
education, transport and commercial.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Targeted key markets (2005 prices)

2013–14 
growth

2014 
market 
£bn

2015–18 
growth

% of 
2014 
revenue

Construction 
&  
Infrastructure

Fit Out

Affordable 
Housing

Urban 
Regeneration

Investments

Construction market

Group revenue

Social housing

Education

Healthcare

Community, Defence, Other

Public

Transport

Energy 

Water

Regulated

Commercial

Open market housing

Retail

Leisure

Industrial, Pharmachem, Other

Private
Total

4.7

8.1

2.6

1.8

6.9

5.1

1.9

6.9

18.9

4.1

4.8

3.6

69.5

14%

14%

1%

7%

36%

16%

4%

6%

26%

22%

6%

2%

1%

7%

38%
100%

Source: Office for National Statistics (‘ONS’), Construction Products Association (Autumn 2014 edition) – 2005 prices.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Strategy and markets continued

2014 targeted key markets

Value

2014 strategic priorities

Social housing
First-time buyers have been an important driver of growth  
in the market, supported in particular by the Government’s Help  
to Buy scheme. Property prices in London and the South East 
increased significantly during the year but flattened towards the 
end of 2014. Nationally the picture in respect of property prices  
has been more mixed.

Inflation in the supply chain remains a key challenge.

Market size
£4.7bn
2013: £4.5bn

Group revenue
£447m
2013: £388m 
(includes £137m  
open market sales  
(2013: £112m))

Education
Capital investment in education is expected to increase as projects 
procured through the Priority Schools Building Programme (‘PSBP’) 
and other significant frameworks get underway.

Market size
£8.1bn
2013: £7.6bn

Group revenue
£308m
2013: £359m

Transport
Rail output continues to increase. Activity is at its peak on Crossrail 
and the Government continues to progress its plan for a high speed 
rail connection from London to the Midlands (‘HS2’).

Market size
£6.9bn
2013: £6.4bn

Investment in airports is expected to remain largely unchanged  
on current levels.

An additional £1.5bn of investment in 84 road projects was 
announced by the Government in the Autumn Statement.

Commercial
Growth in levels of commercial activity continued throughout  
2014 with strong demand from occupiers. 

Whilst this positive trend is expected to continue, the market tends 
to move in line with wider macroeconomic trends and uncertainty  
in the economy could affect the rate of growth. 

Group revenue
£384m
2013: £346m

Market size
£6.9bn
2013: £6.3bn

Group revenue
£495m
2013: £491m

• Continued focus on larger long-term 

regeneration projects

• Obtain land in partnership with public sector 

partners via joint ventures

• Secure long-term repair and maintenance 

contracts

• Collaborate with other Group divisions.

• Maintain strategic approach to key clients
• Focus on winning a number of PF2 PSBP batches
• Further exploit and sell the standard design 

model approach to schools

• Continue to find funding solutions to otherwise 

non-viable opportunities.

• Continue to expand scope of works and  

market share in Rail

• Secure a place at Heathrow for the next 

five-year procurement period

• Maintain position as a partner of choice for  

both client and potential joint venture partners.

• Utilise expertise and track record of Fit Out  
in this market to further develop the Group’s 
construction offering

• Target construction opportunities in larger 

conurbations

• Increase collaboration across the Group.

Regeneration
Residential volumes have increased with strong house price  
growth being maintained. 

Activity levels in the UK office market increased during 2014  
with supply levels being eroded outside of London.

The UK industrial market has continued to thrive with strong 
occupier demand led by online retailers and supermarkets.

Group regeneration & 
development pipeline
£3.2bn
2013: £3.0bn

• Expand into private rented sector
• Recycle assets when appropriate
• Secure new business.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Strategy and markets continued

Progress against 2014 strategic priorities

2015 strategic priorities

• Contract signed for £50m mixed-use regeneration scheme for  

London Borough of Enfield 

• Open market sales volumes increased by 22%, supported by the  

Help to Buy scheme 

• Capitalised on public sector land opportunities procured through the 
Greater London Authority (‘GLA’) and the Homes and Communities 
Agency (‘HCA’) Partner Panel 

• Over £59m of new building housing contracts secured in Scotland
• First set of homes for the Ministry of Defence (‘MoD’) at Beacon 

Barracks to be handed over spring 2015 (see page 14)

• New management team with significant response maintenance 

experience.

• Maintained positions on and renewed a number of frameworks,  

including the £100m North Lanarkshire Schools 

• Significant activity across primary, secondary and higher education 
• Appointed as selected bidder for PSBP, North West batch
• £14m London Borough of Newham contract to upgrade six  

primary schools.

• Won a £113m position on the rail infrastructure Edinburgh–Glasgow 

Improvement Programme (‘EGIP’) alliance

• Secured position on Multi Assets Framework Agreement for Network  

Rail in joint venture

• Secured place on £1.5bn upgrade programme at Heathrow 
• Appointed to £35m barrier renewal works on the M1 motorway 
• Significant work won on £5bn Highways Agency’s National Major  

Projects Framework.

• Grow regeneration pipeline
• Maintain momentum across existing schemes
• Secure more work through local authority partnerships, long-term 
framework opportunities and panel positions with the HCA and  
the GLA 

• Increase market share in areas where the Group has specialist expertise, 

such as environmental works

• Secure long-term repair and maintenance contracts.

• Maintain strategic approach to key clients
• Progress PSBP, North West
• Further exploit and sell standard design model approach to schools
• Continue to find funding solutions to otherwise non-viable opportunities
• Focus on securing places on local frameworks.

• Continue to expand scope of works and market share in Rail
• Maintain position as partner of choice for clients and potential joint 

venture partners

• Maximise opportunities available from key framework positions  

secured during 2014.

• Fit Out order book up 70% from the prior year end
• High profile appointments by KPMG and the Canadian High Commission
• High level of regional work secured, including 590,000 sq ft VOX 

Conference Centre in Birmingham and 2014’s largest letting in Liverpool
• Relaunch of response maintenance service as Morgan Sindall Property 
Services, offering a property service solution to the rest of the Group’s 
client base.

• Maintain market share in fit out and refurbishment
• Capitalise on demand for space in London and increased occupier 

confidence in the regions

• Increase work secured through public sector frameworks
• Focus on optimising operational delivery and customer experience
• Select the right opportunities with quality customers in an  

improving market.

• Good progress made in private rented sector
• Sold investment in Hull Building Schools for the Future
• Increased residential sales totalling 347 (2013: 106) units
• New partner-funded development agreement in Southampton
• Over £280m of construction works currently on site
• Selected as partner on £135m scheme in Lambeth.

• Secure new business to maintain and grow the portfolio
• Extend relationships with key partners
• Pursue strategic land opportunities
• Recycle assets when appropriate
• Collaboration with other Group divisions.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Partnering with key stakeholders  
in the nuclear sector

Project
Albion Square, Whitehaven

Partners
Copeland Borough Council, 
Nuclear Decommissioning 
Authority, Sellafield Ltd, Nuclear 
Management Partners, Britain’s 
Energy Coast 

Division
Construction & Infrastructure 

Albion Square was a key project for Copeland’s drive to regenerate 
Whitehaven town centre and for Britain’s Energy Coast’s programme 
of development in West Cumbria. The new £18m office block 
was commissioned by the Nuclear Decommissioning Authority to 
accommodate around 1,000 workers being transferred from Sellafield 
to Whitehaven. The objectives were to free up space for decommissioning, 
reduce traffic to the nuclear site and boost the economy of Whitehaven’s 
town centre. 50% of the subcontracted companies working on the  
project came from West Cumbria.

Albion Square comprises two four-storey office buildings, totalling  
100,000 sq ft, constructed at two adjacent sites. The iconic glass-fronted 
development was designed as the centrepiece of a series of nuclear-
funded projects set to transform the centre of Whitehaven. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Delivering a high-tech, award-winning 
broadcasting centre

Project
New Broadcasting House, 
Portland Place, London

This project has delivered a creative hub for the BBC in London, bringing 
together the teams from live news, radio and World Service broadcasting 
into one integrated, state-of-the-art media centre. 

Client
BBC 

Division
Fit Out 

The new workplace pioneers digital technologies that encourage a flexible 
way of working to enhance collaboration, knowledge sharing and creativity 
across the BBC departments. Technical innovations incorporated into 
the building have involved challenges in acoustics, vibration, visual and 
space planning. The new hub has preserved the brand’s heritage, allowing 
unprecedented access to the general public, and for visitors to get a sense  
of what the BBC is all about.

The project won the 2014 British Council for Offices (‘BCO’) London and 
South East award for Corporate Workplace and was nominated for the  
BCO Innovation Award.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

.

i

C
B
B
e
h
t
y
b
d
e
d
v
o
r
p
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P

13

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Building 346 new homes for service 
personnel and their families

Project
Ministry of Defence, Stafford

Client
Defence Infrastructure 
Organisation 

Division
Affordable Housing 

In January 2014 the division was awarded a £51m contract to build  
346 new homes for soldiers and their families who are to be based  
at Beacon Barracks. The development will accommodate troops from  
16 Signal Regiment and 1 Armoured Division Signal Regiment.

The homes will be completed by September 2015, in time for the soldiers’ 
return from Germany as part of the Army’s rebasing programme. Punctual 
completion is crucial and the division will complete at an unprecedented 
rate of 15 units per week once handovers start in spring 2015.  
The development will establish Stafford as one of the Army’s seven  
major sites and provide the town with an economic boost. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Revitalising Britain’s waterways  
with sustainable communities

Project
Brentford Lock West

Partner
Canal & River Trust

Division
Urban Regeneration 

Brentford Lock West is being delivered by ISIS Waterside Regeneration,  
a joint venture with the Canal & River Trust. This new waterside 
neighbourhood, which promotes sustainable living, includes apartments  
and town houses as well as a commercial hub with a pedestrian bridge  
over the canal and a new community facility for Brentford FC Community 
Sports Trust. It is set within pedestrian-friendly neighbourhood streets 
adjoining the town centre.

The first apartments and town houses were completed in 2014. The 
overall scheme, designed to maximise the benefit of the water frontage  
of the 11-acre site, is sensitively landscaped to incorporate 520 homes  
and 75,000 sq ft of commercial development. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Creating opportunities for other divisions

Project
Bournemouth Local Asset 
Backed Vehicle

Partner
Bournemouth Borough Council 

Division
Investments 

This 50:50 joint venture partnership with Bournemouth Borough  
Council was set up to deliver the Town Centre Regeneration Vision for 
Bournemouth. The 20-year scheme includes construction of The Citrus 
Building, a 64-apartment, residential development on the site of an old 
car park at Leyton Mount, as well as a 382-space car park and a 378-bed 
student accommodation block, both situated on Madeira Road.

The car park and student accommodation were handed over in 2014.  
The car park is owned and operated by the council and the student 
accommodation has been leased to the Arts University of Bournemouth.  
The construction was carried out by the Construction & Infrastructure 
division. 

Investments will be reviewing options and development appraisals  
on a number of other sites in Bournemouth in 2015.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Designing a multi-purpose space  
for disruptive thinking

Project
Wardour Street, London

Client
ThoughtWorks 

Division
Fit Out 

Technology innovation consultancy, ThoughtWorks, prides itself  
on its ambitious missions and disruptive thinking and its London office  
was designed to reflect this.

An agile and multifunctional space was created that would accommodate 
teams rotating on a project-by-project basis. The bold and bright back- 
of-house space features a variety of work settings and quiet rooms. 
Standing-height tables enable healthy working, there are closed, two-  
and three-person meeting rooms with coloured windows and a central  
hub area doubles as seminar space. The office also features a games room 
and dedicated art wall with a variety of modern prints as well as space  
for ThoughtWorks people to create their own works of art. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Strategy and markets

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review

The continued positive momentum expected 
within Fit Out, Affordable Housing and  
Urban Regeneration, together with further 
investment programmes in regeneration 
opportunities and supported by the 
improvement in the quality of our order  
book, provides confidence that the Group  
is well positioned to deliver overall growth  
in 2015 and beyond.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

John Morgan 
Chief Executive

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

Group revenue for the year was 6% up on the prior year at £2.22bn, with  
all divisions delivering revenue growth with the exception of Construction  
& Infrastructure. Growth was driven by Fit Out (up 19%), Affordable  
Housing (up 11%) and Urban Regeneration (up 83%), whilst Construction  
& Infrastructure revenue was down 5%.

Group profitability was adversely impacted by a small number of 
construction contracts in Construction & Infrastructure which was 
announced in October and which offset strong performances from Fit Out 
and Urban Regeneration. This resulted in adjusted operating profit of 
£28.9m, down 14% on the prior year, with adjusted operating margin of 
1.3% (2013: 1.6%). Operating profit included a significantly lower profit from 
the sale of investments of £1.9m compared to the prior year (2013: £9.9m). 
2014 has seen a significant shift in the balance of our profits with the 
anticipated increase in contribution from Urban Regeneration, reinforcing  
our confidence in the Group’s long-term strategy of investment in both 
construction and regeneration activities. Urban Regeneration’s performance 
has been recognised by winning the coveted Estates Gazette’s National 
Property Company of the Year 2014 award.

The Group’s committed order book* as at 31 December 2014 was £2.7bn, 
an increase of 11% since the previous year end, driven by growth in the order 
books of Fit Out (up 70%), Affordable Housing (up 16%), Urban Regeneration 
(up 38%) and Construction & Infrastructure (up 3%). Our regeneration and 
development pipeline has grown by 6% to £3.2bn (2013: £3.0bn) with our 
Urban Regeneration division delivering a strong set of results and Affordable 
Housing now well positioned to increase its contributions from regeneration 
in 2016 and beyond.

The general operating environment for construction has undoubtedly 
remained challenging this year despite the more positive market conditions. 
Margins have remained under pressure from cost inflation and skills 
shortages and this has been most acute in London and the South East. 
However, as a result of the upturn in activity, the quality of our order book 
has improved as the tendering process returns to higher levels of negotiated 
two-stage tenders rather than fixed price contracts. Our Fit Out division has 
traded strongly, performing above expectation through its ability to react 
quickly to increased occupier confidence and capitalising on its reputation  
as a leading specialist in fit out and refurbishment projects. Across the  
Group, the divisions have been successful in securing major contracts, 
winning positions on new frameworks and delivering a high level of work 
through long-term frameworks.

Within the Construction & Infrastructure division, a flatter management 
structure has been introduced to create a more efficient company for 
growth. We have welcomed Pat Boyle to the business with overall 
responsibility for the division’s construction and design business and Nick 
Fletcher has taken on responsibility for the division’s infrastructure activities. 
Both are highly respected and experienced professionals, who report  
directly to me, and they are working closely together to deliver complex 
integrated construction and infrastructure projects for our clients.

More than ever, collaboration is a vital component in the UK construction 
industry today. We continue to work closely with clients and partners to  
gain a real understanding of the challenges they face and to build long-term 
relationships. Our divisions are identifying opportunities to work together  
to secure competitive advantage and demonstrate how our integrated 
capability can add value. We continue to develop stronger relationships 
with our supply chain to ensure that together we can deliver ever higher 
standards in quality and safety though our philosophy of Perfect Delivery.

We remain committed to sustainability. As one of the UK’s leading 
construction groups, we take our responsibilities seriously within our sphere 
of influence and strive to minimise any adverse impact of our operations on 
the communities within which we operate and on the wider environment. 
Successful sustainable business practice creates value by enabling growth, 
delivering cost savings and enhancing our risk management processes.  
It also provides a key differentiator for the Group as we continue our focus  
on attracting and retaining the best talent in the industry.

Looking ahead to 2015, lower returns in Construction & Infrastructure are 
expected to remain for at least the first half of the year, as lower margin 
construction contracts tendered in 2012–2013 are worked through to 
completion. However, the continued positive momentum expected within  
Fit Out, Affordable Housing and Urban Regeneration, together with further 
investment programmes in regeneration opportunities, and supported by  
the improvement in the quality of our order book, provides confidence that 
the Group is well positioned to deliver overall growth in 2015 and beyond.

Business Review

The following business review is given on an adjusted basis, unless otherwise 
stated.

Order book and regeneration and development pipeline
The divisional split of the Group’s committed order book* as at 31 December 
2014 is shown below.

Order book 

Construction & Infrastructure 
Fit Out  
Affordable Housing  
  – construction and services 
Urban Regeneration 
Investments 
Inter-divisional eliminations 

FY 2014 
£m 

1,537 
241 

673 
197 
19 
(9) 

FY 2013 
£m 

1,499 
142 

581 
143 
38 
– 

% change 

+3% 
+70% 

+16% 
+38% 
-50% 

Group committed order book 

2,658 

2,403 

+11%

 *‘Committed order book’ comprises the secured order book and framework order book.  
The secured order book represents the Group’s share of future revenue that will be derived 
from signed contracts or letters of intent. The framework order book represents the  
Group’s expected share of revenue from the frameworks on which the Group has been 
appointed. This excludes prospects where confirmation has been received as preferred 
bidder only, with no formal contract or letter of intent in place.

In addition, the Group’s regeneration and development pipeline† was £3.2bn, 
an increase of 6% from the previous year end.

Regeneration and development pipeline 

Affordable Housing – mixed tenure 
Urban Regeneration 
Investments 

Group regeneration and  
  development pipeline 

FY 2014 
£m 

770 
2,215 
242 

FY 2013 
£m 

715 
1,953 
368 

% change 

+8% 
+13% 
-34%

3,227 

3,036 

+6%

 †‘Regeneration and development pipeline’ represents the Group’s share of the gross 
development value of secured schemes including the development value of open market 
housing schemes. 

Basis of preparation 
The term ‘adjusted’ excludes the impact of intangible amortisation of £2.4m (2013: intangible amortisation (£2.7m), exceptional operating 
items (£14.7m) and the deferred tax credit arising due to the change in the UK corporation tax (£2.5m)). 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

Construction & Infrastructure

Revenue £m 

2014 

2013 

Operating profit – adjusted* £m

2014 

2013 

3.5

Operating margin – adjusted %

2014 

2013 

0.3

-5%

1,172

1,234

-72%

12.7

-70bps

1.0

The Construction & Infrastructure result for the year was down significantly 
on the prior year, being severely impacted by the performance of the 
Construction activities in the second half.

Divisional revenue of £1,172m was down 5% on the prior year (2013: 
£1,234m), primarily driven by lower activity in Construction arising from 
ongoing contract selectivity and a focus on the operational delivery of active 
projects. Split by type of activity, Construction accounted for 55% of 
divisional revenue at £639m, which was down 11% compared to prior year, 
whilst Infrastructure was 45% of divisional revenue at £533m, up 3%.

Whilst the Infrastructure business performed reasonably well across the year, 
delivery pressures in London and the South’s Construction activities during 
the second half resulted in an escalation of costs and increased forecast costs 
to complete, thereby adversely impacting profitability and margin. These 
delivery pressures related mainly to a small number of construction contracts 
which are all due to complete within the first half of 2015 and which all 
experienced programme slippage and increases in costs to complete as a 
result of inflation and additional unforecast resource requirements. The full 
impact was mitigated in part by further overhead cost savings and provision 
movements including property dilapidation provisions no longer required.

Consequently, divisional operating margin reduced to 0.3% (2013: 1.0%), 
giving an operating profit of £3.5m (2013: £12.7m).

In order to address these operational issues and to support the platform  
for future profitable growth, management teams have been changed and 
strengthened at both local and divisional levels during the year. In enhancing 
the skills and experience in the division this has reinforced the necessary 
systems and disciplines within bid selection, winning work and procurement 
to support future margin improvement.

The committed order book at the year end was £1,537m, up 3% since the 
start of the year. Importantly, the quality of the order book has improved 
significantly, with only 15% of the order book by value being won through 
competitive single-stage procurement processes with the remaining 85% 
being derived through negotiated/framework/two-stage bidding 

procurement processes. At the same time last year, the proportion of work 
derived through negotiated/framework/two-stage bidding procurement 
processes was only 62% by value and this positive shift in the balance of 
orders by procurement type supports the opportunity for future margin 
improvement.

In terms of market sectors served, the largest market was Transport 
(Highways, Aviation and Rail) at 33% of divisional revenue, with Education 
remaining a significant 23% and Water contributing 11%.

Within Highways, significant work has been won through the Highways 
Agency’s National Major Projects Framework. Awards have included the 
appointment, in joint venture and as one of four delivery partners, to a 
£184m contract to upgrade 17 miles of the M60 and M62 to a smart 
motorway and also, in joint venture, a £35m barrier renewal works package 
between junctions 19 and 16 of the M1 to facilitate a future smart 
motorway scheme. Building on this success, the division has been appointed, 
in joint venture, by the Highways Agency to the largest ever framework for 
the improvement of England’s motorways and major A roads. The four-year 
framework, with an option to extend by a further two years, is estimated to 
be worth up to £150m per annum to the joint venture. Within Aviation, the 
division has been selected as one of four partners at Heathrow Airport to 
deliver a £1.5bn programme of upgrades and improvements over the next 
five years following the completion of the rehabilitation of the northern  
and southern runways.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

An integrated approach to community regeneration

Investment
•  Slough Borough Council
•  Investments

Construction
•  Construction & Infrastructure
•  Affordable Housing

Joint venture partnership delivering 
housing and social infrastructure to 
Slough over a 15-year period

In Rail, operating centres in Manchester and Rugby, worth £19.7m and £17m 
respectively, have been handed over and a £113m position on the £250m 
EGIP alliance has been awarded by Network Rail. This two-year project will 
deliver a critical rail infrastructure upgrade and forms part of the £742m 
Scottish Government-funded investment to transform transport in the 
country. Work has also been secured through the Multi-Asset Framework 
Agreement including a £20m contract, in joint venture, to refurbish roof 
spans at Paddington Station.

In Water, the division continues to work within three frameworks, all of which 
have been extended into AMP6, the 2015–2020 asset management period.

Highlights within Energy have included new framework agreements and 
awards within existing long-term frameworks. Western Power Distribution 
has awarded the division a three-year framework agreement, with two 
one-year extension options, at an estimated annual value of over £30m to 
deliver the excavation, cable laying and reinstatement works within its West 
Midlands region. A five-year agreement, in joint venture, has been signed  

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

for electricity transmission overhead line work with Scottish Hydro Electric 
Transmission plc and a position on National Grid’s National Onshore 
Underground Cabling framework has been secured. In the nuclear sector the 
division, along with The S. M. Stoller Corp. and Newport News Nuclear, both 
subsidiary companies of Huntington Ingalls Industries, has signed a long-term 
agreement to work together to offer a combined delivery capability to  
the UK nuclear market. Given the UK Government investment in the nuclear 
industry, the collaboration enables the division to provide an enhanced  
range of new build and decommissioning services. At Sellafield, the division 
continues to provide a range of essential infrastructure asset services 
through its joint venture Infrastructure Strategic Alliance contract. Secured  
in 2012, the contract has a potential value of £1.1bn over a possible 
maximum duration of 15 years.

An integrated approach to modernising a historic market town

Investment
•  South Northamptonshire Council
•  Investments

Construction
•  Affordable Housing 
•  Construction & Infrastructure

Regeneration and preservation  
of the Moat Lane area in Towcester 
with a new civic building and high 
quality retail, commercial and 
residential developments

Within other parts of Infrastructure, the division has continued to target 
growth sectors with high barriers to entry. It is currently working on some  
of the UK’s most complex civil infrastructure projects including providing  
its industry-leading expertise in Tunnelling in joint venture on Thames  
Water’s £635m Lee Tunnel and on the C510 Whitechapel and Liverpool 
Street Station tunnels contract for Crossrail.

The value of the division’s integrated Construction and Infrastructure 
capabilities was recognised in the award of, alongside two other contractors, 
a position on a major £300m eight-year redevelopment programme for  
BAE Systems which will transform its submarine building capabilities. The 
programme will include a mix of new build projects and the refurbishment  
of existing facilities in what is the most significant redevelopment of the 
Barrow-in-Furness site since the 1980s. 

Within Education, the division will play a significant role within the PF2 PSBP, 
North West batch following the appointment of the Investments division  
and Equitix Limited by the Education Funding Agency as the selected bidder 
to deliver five secondary and seven primary schools across the region.  
Also within Education, the London Borough of Newham has awarded the 
division a circa £14m contract to upgrade six primary schools.

Overall, the division’s operating environment has improved over the year  
as the market recovery has gained traction, despite the challenges presented 
by cost inflation driven by labour and material demands. Looking ahead to 
2015, continued lower returns are expected through the first half at least  
as the construction contracts in London and the South are completed  
and other lower margin construction contracts procured during the more  
difficult pricing environment of 2012–2013 are worked through to  
delivery and completion. Thereafter, the division is expected to generate 
increasing margins and returns from the higher quality order book.

Fit Out

Revenue £m 

2014 

2013 

Operating profit – adjusted* £m

2014 

2013 

Operating margin – adjusted %

2014 

2013 

+19%

507

+38%

15.0

427

10.9

+40bps

3.0

2.6

Fit Out has delivered a strong performance in the year, driven by improved 
market conditions and the division’s ongoing focus on operational delivery. 
Revenue of £507m (2013: £427m) was up 19%, with operating margin 
increasing to 3.0%, resulting in operating profit of £15.0m (2013: £10.9m), 
up 38%.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Creating a workspace that stimulates innovation

7
7
–
1
1
6

Project
Walbrook Building,  
London

Client
Xchanging

Division
Fit Out

Global technology company Xchanging’s 
strapline is ‘inspiring innovation’ and their  
new offices were designed and built to  
do just that.

The 50,000 sq ft office in the Walbrook 
Building was designed for activity- 
based working, with spaces for private 
conversations, quiet work, phone  
booths and client areas. Hot-desking was 
introduced, with each person allocated  
a locker rather than a desk. High-tech 
demonstration rooms provided places  
to showcase Xchanging’s innovative 
solutions. 

The new office reflects Xchanging’s core 
values and provides a more engaging 
environment for their employees 
and clients.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

The division has successfully balanced the significant upturn in activity  
and the consequent demands placed on the supply chain, with improved 
operational performance which has supported the margin improvement 
in the year. The second half of the year particularly has seen a significant 
increase in activity in line with the improving market conditions, with 62%  
of annual revenue being generated during that period. Additionally, the  
upturn in bidding activity and number of contract wins in the year has led  
to the committed order book at the year end being £241m, up a strong  
70% from the prior year end, and includes a higher level of contracts  
on less onerous terms and conditions.

The London region accounted for 67% of revenue (2013: 74%), with other 
regions at 33% (2013: 26%) all showing strong revenue and profit growth  
in the year. Split by type of work, 79% of revenue was traditional fit out  
work, compared to 21% ‘design and build’, whilst 74% of revenue related  
to fitting out of existing space (31% refurbishment ‘in occupation’),  
compared to 26% which was new office fit out.

A number of notable appointments in the year have emphasised the division’s 
expertise in refurbishment of offices whilst in occupation. KPMG appointed 
the division to fit out 215,000 sq ft of office space in Canary Wharf, along 
with client and executive areas at its W1 premises, with a combined value  
of over £40m, and the division won the Canadian High Commission’s £30m 
renovation and refurbishment project of Canada House and an adjacent 
property.

Additionally, the division’s Guardian News & Media project in London received 
a national accolade when presented with the British Council for Office’s 2014 
‘Test of Time’ award. The division successfully fitted out the 142,000 sq ft 
purpose-built Kings Place that provides a setting fit for the world’s oldest 
independent newspaper whilst providing the technological and environmental 
requirements demanded by a global media brand.

Outside London, a high level of work has been secured through public sector 
construction frameworks, working alongside Construction & Infrastructure. 
These include major projects for Reading Borough Council through the iESE 
framework, for Bristol City Council through the Construction Framework 
South West and also for Luton Borough Council under the SMARTE East 
Framework. In Birmingham, fit out is underway on the VOX Conference 
Centre, an integral part of the new circa 590,000 sq ft Resorts World 
complex on the NEC campus.

Split by end market sector, key markets served are commercial offices (74% 
of revenue), higher education (8% of revenue), together with retail banking, 
government and local authority work and work for charitable organisations.

The commercial office sector remains the division’s core market, which  
has driven growth throughout the year through continuing positive market 
sentiment, the predicted spike in lease expiries combined with a shortage  
of premium Grade A office space, and ongoing pressure on central and local 
government to consolidate property portfolios.

Higher education has presented some positive opportunities for the division 
as competition amongst universities to attract students remains strong.  
In London, the division is working for eight leading universities, including  
a major contract for University College London and new wins for London 
School of Economics and Kingston University. Retail banking continues  
to offer opportunities as banks continue to consolidate and rationalise  
their estates.

Looking ahead, it is anticipated that Fit Out will build on the current positive 
momentum through 2015 and beyond and with its commitment to 
operational improvement and customer focus, the division is well placed  
to deliver further margin and profit growth.

Affordable Housing

Revenue £m 

2014 

2013 

Operating profit – adjusted* £m

2014 

2013 

Operating margin – adjusted %

2014 

2013 

6.0

1.4

381

+11%

423

-30%

8.6

-90bps

2.3

Total divisional revenue of £423m was up 11% (2013: £381m), whilst 
operating profit of £6.0m was down 30% on the prior year (2013: £8.6m), 
impacted by an expected loss of £3.5m in the response maintenance 
activities.

Affordable Housing’s activities are divided into two main categories: 
Regeneration (27% of revenue) which refers to the division’s mixed-tenure 
regeneration housing schemes; and Construction & Services (73% of 
revenue) which includes new build housing contracting and planned and 
response maintenance services. Together, the division delivers a full range  
of housing solutions for its partners and customers.

In Regeneration, revenue was up 6% to £115m (2013: £108m) with 
operating profit of £10.7m. Of this, 69% of revenue related to open market 
sales at an average sales price of £167,000, whilst 31% of revenue related  
to approximately 300 units through the social housing contracting element 
of the mixed-tenure schemes.

Capital employed in the Regeneration activities at the year end was £123m, 
up by 27% over the year. Of this, £75m is capital invested in returning  
active mixed-tenure schemes, £30m relates to historic shared equity  
loans and rental properties and £18m relates to land not currently being 
actively developed.

The 8% increase in its regeneration and development pipeline at the year  
end to £770m (2013: £715m) has reinforced the market position and profit 
potential of this area of the business. Confidence in the housing market, 
supported by the Government’s Help to Buy initiative, has resulted in new 
opportunities in mixed-tenure projects developed in partnership with housing 
associations and local authorities and increased sales activity across all 
regions.

During the year, the division has capitalised on public sector land 
opportunities procured through the GLA and the HCA Partner Panels. The 
division has positions on the four-year London Development Panel which is 
expected to procure up to £5bn of housing-led mixed-use developments  
on public land and on all four Regional Lots on the HCA’s four-year Delivery 
Partner Panel 2 £4bn housing framework. New awards this year include  
the London Borough of Enfield’s major £50m Ponders End Electric Quarter 
development, the appointment as preferred partner for the delivery  
of 600 homes working in partnership with the Borough Council of King’s  
Lynn and West Norfolk and the commencement of the four-year £40m 
mixed-tenure homes scheme in Cockermouth, West Cumbria.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

In Construction & Services new build housing contracting revenue of £139m 
(2013: £92m) equates to approximately 1,150 units completed and has 
increased by 51% with the business maintaining its rigorous selection process 
although margins have been impacted by materials and skills shortages as 
well as inflationary pressures and continued competitive tendering. Scotland 
has proved to be one of the most successful regions with over £59m of 
contracts secured. Increased levels of local authority work have been won  
as councils are granted new powers to borrow to fund the construction of 
new council homes. At MOD Stafford, the division is on schedule to complete 
a £51m contract and hand over 346 new homes for Army families returning 
to the UK.

In planned maintenance, revenue of £108m (2013: £113m) represented  
a 4% decline on last year. The market continues to provide a steady flow  
of work as local authorities and housing associations invest in improving 
housing stock. The division has capitalised on its proven track record  
in external environment improvements, further extending its specialist 
expertise in working on high-rise tower blocks through its appointments  
to deliver circa £11m of high-rise improvement programmes in Aberdeen 
and Glasgow. The division is currently working for Sandwell Metropolitan 
Borough Council on the refurbishment of high-rise buildings and the 
relationship has been further extended through the appointment to  
a framework that will undertake a £50m package of repairs and 
improvements to 6,000 council homes.

Response maintenance revenue of £61m (2013: £68m) has declined by 
10%, with an operating loss as expected of £3.5m (2013: loss £1.2m).  
As part of the repositioning and turnaround of the business, a new and 
sector-experienced management team has been recruited during the year 
and investment made in business systems to improve operational efficiencies 
and enhance productivity and delivery. Additionally, the recent rebranding 
and relaunch of the business as Morgan Sindall Property Services paves  
the way to offer a broader property service solution to a client base across 
the rest of the Group, with a plan to achieve a minimum of break-even  
by 2016.

A key challenge for response maintenance remains winning work on 
acceptable terms and progress has been made in this respect. During the 
year, a number of contracts have been won including the provision of  
facilities management services within a 28-year £32.8m North Tyneside 
Council Sheltered Housing PFI and a five-year £22m agreement with  
Estuary Housing Association to provide repairs services to its stock  
of over 3,900 homes.

Overall, the committed order book for Construction & Services was 
£673m (2013: £581m), an increase of 16%. Of this, response maintenance 
accounted for £355m (2013: £257m).

Looking ahead, Affordable Housing will continue with its strategy of growing 
its regeneration pipeline, increasing development across all its existing 
schemes and winning new opportunities to unlock land and deliver complex 
mixed-tenure schemes through local authority partnerships and collaborative 
working with Group divisions. Due to the timing of current developments and 
new opportunities, an increase in working capital is expected in 2015, with 
significant profit benefit anticipated in 2016 and beyond. Notwithstanding 
this, 2015 is expected to show margin and profit growth through  
a combination of its existing mixed-tenure schemes, a more positive 
contracting environment and an improved performance from response 
maintenance.

Providing a 24-hour reactive repairs  
service for 3,300 homes

Project
Response and planned  
maintenance services – 
Essex, Greater London 
and Suffolk

Client
Estuary Housing 
Association

Division
Affordable Housing

Estuary Housing Association appointed the 
division to provide repairs services to over 
3,300 homes. Residents are provided with  
a 24-hour, 365 day-a-year, reactive repairs 
service. The five-year, £22m contract also 
includes planned maintenance programmes 
and work carried out to refurbish empty 
properties to return them to rentable 
condition. 

Sharing Estuary’s commitment to 
communities, the division expects to create 
eight apprenticeships over the life of the 
contract as well as a significant number of 
work placements and training programmes.

Positive momentum has also been maintained across all the division’s existing 
landmark regeneration programmes, further underpinning the division’s 
expertise in delivering complex, long-term schemes. In London, work has 
started on site on the London Borough of Barking and Dagenham six-year 
£83.8m Lymington Mews housing development and demolition is underway 
on the £270m Woolwich regeneration programme where 1,500 mixed-
tenure homes are being created in partnership with Royal Borough of 
Greenwich and asra Housing Group. Both these schemes will require working 
capital investment through 2015, with the resultant profits being generated 
in 2016 and beyond.

Working as a partner in the Compendium Living joint venture with Riverside 
Housing, the circa 10-year £108m Castleward Urban Village project is 
moving forward as the division progresses the first phase, creating 164 
mixed-tenure homes and 12 commercial units.

Collaboration with other Group divisions has provided additional growth 
opportunities with the division delivering quality affordable housing within 
large-scale mixed-use regeneration programmes alongside Investments, 
Urban Regeneration and Construction & Infrastructure.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

Building 413 new mixed-tenure,  
energy-efficient homes

Project
Lymington Fields, 
Dagenham

Partners
Greater London 
Authority and  
Home Group

Division
Affordable Housing

Lymington Fields was one of the first sites  
to be released by the Mayor of London  
as part of his drive to unlock development 
on public sector-owned land in East London. 
This brownfield site regeneration project 
started in January 2014 and will deliver  
413 new homes by 2019. Of these,  
252 homes will be for private sale by  
the Affordable Housing division and  
161 affordable homes for Home Group for  
rent and shared ownership. All homes will 
incorporate energy-efficient features 
including photovoltaic solar panels and  
high efficiency boilers.

The £83.8m development is part of 
Affordable Housing’s strategy to deliver 
large-scale mixed-tenure regeneration 
projects across England, Scotland  
and Wales. 

An integrated approach to new and improved schools

Investment
•  Equitix Limited and Education 

Funding Agency

•  Investments

Construction
•  Construction & Infrastructure

Priority Schools Building Programme, 
North West batch – five new 
secondary and seven primary 
schools that will benefit 8,150 pupils 
and also create 124 nursery places

Urban Regeneration

Average capital employed1 (last 12 months) £m 

2014 

2013 

Capital employed1 at year end £m

2014 

2013 

Revenue £m

2014 

2013 

62

Operating profit – adjusted* %

2014 

2013  1.0

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

49.9

53.5

49.4

51.4

+83%

113

+900%

10.0

Urban Regeneration has delivered a strong performance, with a significant 
increase in operating profit to £10.0m (2013: £1.0m) generated from its 
development portfolio as scheme phases reach completion. Working with 
landowners and public sector partners to unlock value from underdeveloped 
assets and bring about urban renewal, the division has also increased its 
regeneration and development pipeline by 13% to £2.2bn.

Capital employed1 at the year end was £49.4m. This is calculated after 
deducting non-recourse debt of £17m and deferred consideration on the 
purchase of interests in the ISIS Waterside Regeneration Joint Venture  
of £14m. Average capital employed1 was £49.9m, with the overall return  
on average capital employed2 of 17%.

Major contributors to the increase in profit include completions of the  
sixth phase of the Smithfield Northern Quarter regeneration scheme in 
Manchester, KPMG’s pre-let regional headquarters in Leeds and a multi-
storey car park in Stockport.

Additionally, good progress has been made with developments through its 
two strategic joint ventures, the government-backed English Cities Fund 
(‘ECf’) and ISIS Waterside Regeneration. The success of ECf, a partnership 
with the HCA and Legal & General Property, has resulted in completions of 
the hotel and car park elements of the Salford Central regeneration scheme, 
plus completions at Canning Town and Plymouth. Through ISIS Waterside 
Regeneration, a partnership with the Canal & River Trust, profits have been 
generated from completions at Brentford and Islington Wharf, Manchester.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

Across all its developments, improved residential sales totalling 347 units 
(2013: 158) have underpinned the performance, with schemes prioritising 
their residential content to meet national demand. Good progress has  
also been made in the growing institutional private rented sector (‘PRS’)  
with investors forward buying over 200 units within schemes located 
in Manchester, Bristol and Lewisham.

Four new development agreements valued at £300m have been secured 
during the year, including the Warrington Town Centre development and  
an agreement with Lambeth Council to deliver a £135m regeneration 
scheme in Brixton.

Within the currently active schemes, planning consents have been granted 
on 10 major projects with a total development value of £500m. Most 
notable was the full approval of the planning application for the £107m 
Marischal Square development, fully funded by Aviva Investors and set  
to transform a key location in Aberdeen city centre. Other projects which  
are currently being advanced are the first phase of the South Shields 365 
regeneration project, Phase Three of the £180m Rathbone Market scheme 
in Canning Town through ECf, creating 216 homes, and Logic Leeds, where 
work has commenced on the division’s 110-acre manufacturing and 
distribution development in the Leeds City Regional Enterprise Zone.

Major milestones include the commencement of construction on the first 
phase of the £200m Lewisham Gateway development in South East London. 
A total of £280m of ongoing construction activity is currently underway 
across 18 sites with other major site starts including the John Lewis at  
Home and Waitrose stores in Basingstoke, new office buildings in Chester 
and Salford and a new state-of-the-art Innovation Centre at the £100m 
Northshore regeneration scheme in Stockton-on-Tees. Additionally,  
the division continues to add value to partnerships and create valuable 
opportunities for sister divisions, providing work for Construction & 
Infrastructure and Affordable Housing on four major schemes. Affordable 
Housing is also a joint venture partner on two major regeneration schemes  
in Scotland and at Northshore in Stockton-on-Tees.

Looking forward, Urban Regeneration is expected to continue to deliver 
strong profits as schemes within its forward development programme 
mature, providing a consistent annual double digit return on average capital 
employed2. With over 750 residential units scheduled for completion  
in 2015, the division is well placed to help meet the demand for quality 
homes in sustainable regeneration locations as it continues to bring  
forward residential elements and increase its footprint across regeneration 
areas. As a result, further working capital will be invested through 2015  
and 2016 to support the division’s ongoing developments and overall 
regeneration strategy.

1  Capital employed is calculated as total assets (excluding goodwill, intangibles and cash)  

less total liabilities (excluding corporation tax, deferred tax and inter-company financing). 
At year end, non-recourse debt was £17.0m (2013: £8.1m) and deferred consideration 
was £13.6m (2013: £17.8m). Average non-recourse debt was £16.2m (2013: £3.9m) 
and average deferred consideration was £15.7m (2013: £18.3m).

2  Return on average capital employed = adjusted operating profit (less interest on 

non-recourse debt less unwind of discount on deferred consideration) divided by  
average capital employed. Interest on non-recourse debt was £1.2m (2013: £0.2m)  
and the unwind of discount on deferred consideration was £0.5m (2013: £0.6m).

Transforming derelict land into a vibrant,  
mixed-use community

Project
Millbay, Plymouth 

Partners
Legal & General  
and the Homes and 
Communities Agency 

Division
Urban Regeneration

As development partner in English Cities  
Fund, Urban Regeneration is transforming  
the derelict 15-acre Brunel docks area  
into an exciting new harbourside community. 
The scheme will deliver a mix of residential  
and commercial space, including bars, 
restaurants, and shops.

The first and second phases of predominantly 
residential development are complete and  
102 homes at Quadrant Quay are due for 
completion in early 2015.

In addition to its own investment, the division 
has leveraged other investment into the area. 
The total investment in Millbay to date is in 
excess of £90m.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

Investments

Average capital employed1 (last 12 months) £m 

2014 

2013 

17.3

22.7

Capital employed1 at year end £m

2014 

2013 

Operating profit – adjusted* %

2014  0.9

2013 

20.2

18.7

-85%

6.1

The strategic rationale for Investments is to unlock prime long-term 
construction and regeneration opportunities for other divisions and create 
value from investments for the Group. The division creates long-term 
strategic partnerships with public and private sector organisations to realise 
the potential of under-utilised assets, to promote sustained economic  
growth through regeneration and to drive cost efficiencies through 
innovative and integrated estate management solutions.

During the year, the division has disposed of its interests in the Hull Building 
Schools for the Future programme for £5.9m, resulting in a profit of £1.7m 
and its shares in PFF Lancashire Ltd for £0.3m, resulting in a profit of £0.2m. 
The divisional result also reflected the impact of a non-cash impairment 
charge of £1m, which is non-recurring by its nature, against the carrying 
value of one of its remaining investments.

In regeneration, the division has an acknowledged track record in Local  
Asset Backed Vehicle (‘LABV’) joint ventures and land swaps, providing 
commercial structuring, financing solutions and development expertise. 
Steady momentum has been maintained across its major programmes, the 
£1bn 15-year Slough Borough Council LABV and the £350m+ 20-year 
Bournemouth Town Centre LABV, with work procured for Construction  
& Infrastructure and Affordable Housing. In Bournemouth, two major 
projects have been handed over, with a private rental sector residential 
project scheduled to commence in 2016 and two further residential 
schemes to begin in 2015. In Slough, the £16m community development 
‘The Curve’ is scheduled for completion in 2015 and detailed planning for  
73 homes has been granted. The £38m Towcester mixed-use Regeneration 
and Civic Accommodation project is also underway in partnership with 
Construction & Infrastructure and Affordable Housing.

Regenerating town centre with 1.1m sq ft,  
mixed-use development

Project
Talbot Gateway, 
Blackpool

Partner
Blackpool Borough 
Council

Division
Urban Regeneration

Talbot Gateway is a major mixed-use 
scheme, delivered in partnership with 
Blackpool Borough Council, which is 
regenerating the area around Blackpool 
North railway station and Talbot Road.  
It will provide a new central business  
district and civic quarter with 1.1m sq ft  
of development including Grade A offices, 
a hotel, a refurbished multi-storey car  
park, a supermarket, retail units, cafés  
and restaurants.

The first phase of development, comprising  
a new council office building, Sainsbury’s 
supermarket and a refurbished 650-space 
multi-storey car park, was completed in 
2014. The second phase will deliver a new 
town centre hotel on the site of an existing 
surface car park.

An integrated approach to sustainable housing

Development
•  Doncaster Metropolitan  

District Council
•  Urban Regeneration

Construction
•  Affordable Housing

‘The Gables’ – 54 modern, high 
quality homes in Doncaster with  
low running costs and maintenance 
needs

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s review continued

The division has developed significant PFI expertise within the education 
sector and has been appointed with Equitix Limited by the Education  
Funding Agency as its selected bidder for the PF2 PSBP, North West batch. 
With a capital value of between £80m and £120m, the programme will 
provide five secondary and seven primary schools that will benefit from 
Construction & Infrastructure’s experience in school design and construction.

An integrated approach to new health centres in Scotland

Investment
•  Western Territory hub 
Programmes Board

•  Investments

Construction
•  Construction & Infrastructure

Part of the hub West Scotland joint 
venture, a 10-year programme  
to deliver £200m of public sector 
infrastructure projects across West 
Scotland, including a primary school, 
community centre and five 
healthcare centres

The division has also secured increased workloads through the WellSpring 
Partnership, which it leads in Scotland and which is delivering £200m public 
sector healthcare and education projects for the Western Territory Hub 
Programme Board and the Scottish Futures Trust. £30m of schemes have 
been delivered this year through the Group’s integrated capability, with 
design and construction services provided by Construction & Infrastructure. 
Through its community solutions business, the division has continued to 
contribute revenue and profit through a growing number of management 
and service agreements across a portfolio of health and local authority 
buildings with an asset value of around £750m. With its services in  
increasing demand from NHS Trusts and local authorities seeking greater 
efficiencies, Investments anticipates future opportunities to work with  
new public sector partners.

In looking to widen the scope of business opportunities for Investments,  
the division is focusing on transferring knowledge and specialist expertise 
developed across its strategic alliances to new areas of its core sectors, 
healthcare and education. By positioning itself as development partner  
with private operators, the division is looking to capitalise on the increasing 
number of Foundation Trusts seeking to open private patient units,  
whilst also supporting health services, local authorities and care providers 
across the country as it delivers a rolling programme of supported living 
accommodation and services through its strategic joint venture HB 
Community Solutions.

Looking forward, delivering projects within its long-term regeneration 
programmes will remain the key strategic focus for 2015. At the same  
time, the division will maintain its drive to identify opportunities to work  
with new partners and clients, creating innovative capital-efficient 
partnerships and leveraging its expertise in project finance, development  
and asset management and the Group’s integrated delivery capability.

1  Capital employed = total assets (excluding goodwill, intangibles, corporation tax  

credit and cash) less total liabilities.

Note:  
Directors’ valuation of investments can only be made in circumstances where future  
cash flows are near certain. The Investments division holds a number of interests in 
developments, arrangements and schemes which are also included in ‘capital employed’. 
Where directors’ valuation is appropriate, current valuation is £3.0m relating to two  
(2013: four) investments with carrying value of £3.0m.

Innovating to minimise passenger disruption

Project
Haymarket Station, 
Edinburgh

Client
Network Rail

Division
Construction & 
Infrastructure

Scotland’s fourth busiest railway station was 
redeveloped to increase capacity. The Grade 
A listed station now has a larger, modern 
concourse with ticket office and retail space, 
improved platforms, new bridging structure 
and redeveloped entrance.

As a key stop on the Edinburgh-Glasgow 
route, continued operation was crucial and  
the team worked closely with Network Rail, 
ScotRail and station staff on a daily basis.  
To minimise passenger disruption, an 
innovative prefabrication system was  
devised to install the bridge by assembling  
two 100 tonne-modules away from the 
tracks and lifting them into position with  
a 1,000 tonne crane. The method was  
tested using a 4D Building Information  
Model (‘BIM’).

The £25m project won a number of 2014 
awards including Rail Supplier of the Year  
at the Scottish Transport Awards and  
the Community Engagement category  
at the Network Rail Partnership Awards.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Chief Executive’s review

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Finance review

Group profitability was adversely impacted  
by a small number of construction contracts  
in Construction & Infrastructure, which  
offset strong performances from Fit Out  
and Urban Regeneration.

Steve Crummett 
Finance Director

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Finance review

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Finance review continued

Revenue
Operating profit – adjusted*
Profit before tax – adjusted*
Earnings per share – adjusted*
Year end net cash balance
Average net debt
Dividend per share
Operating profit – reported
Profit before tax – reported
Basic earnings per share

2014

2013

£2,220m £2,095m
£28.9m £33.6m
£25.2m £31.3m
60.9p
£69.7m
(£19.0m)
27.0p
£16.2m
£13.9m
35.4p

46.7p
£55.7m
(£8.8m)
27.0p
£26.5m
£22.8m
42.3p

 *Adjusted is defined as before intangible amortisation £2.4m, exceptional operating items (nil) and (in the case of earnings per share) deferred tax credit due to changes in the statutory  
tax rate (nil) (2013: intangible amortisation £2.7m, exceptional operating items £14.7m and deferred tax credit due to changes in the statutory tax rate £2.5m).

Trading performance
Revenue increased by 6% to £2,220m (2013: £2,095m) with committed 
order book increasing 11% to £2.7bn and the regeneration and development 
pipeline increasing 6% to £3.2bn.

relationship with HMRC. In 2013 the Group’s effective tax rate was much 
lower, due to a revaluation of deferred tax balances to reflect a reduction  
in the UK statutory tax rate, and having recognised a number of gains 
on the disposals of joint ventures which did not give rise to tax liabilities.

Adjusted* gross margin was unchanged at 8.2% (2013: 8.2%), with strong 
margin improvements in Fit Out and Urban Regeneration diluted by 
underperformance in Construction & Infrastructure.

Adjusted* operating profit of £28.9m was down 14%, with adjusted* 
operating margin of 1.3% (2013: 1.6%). This included profit from the sale  
of investments totalling £1.9m (2013: £9.9m) and property provision 
releases of £4.8m (2013: £2.8m).

Net finance expense
Net finance expense increased to £3.7m (2013: £2.3m), impacted primarily 
by higher amortisation of bank fees and non-utilisation charges, together 
with higher net interest on net debt and lower interest received from  
joint ventures. 

Tax
The Group’s adjusted tax rate increased to 21%, close to the UK statutory 
corporation tax rate of 21.5%. Almost all the Group’s operations and profits 
are in the UK, and the Group maintains an open and constructive working 

Earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share decreased by 23% from 60.9p to 46.7p.  
Basic earnings per share has increased by 19% to 42.3p from 35.4p as there 
were no exceptional operating items in the current year (2013: £14.7m).

Dividends
The Board recommends a final dividend of 15.0p payable on 29 May 2015 
to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 1 May 2015.  
The ex-dividend date is 30 April 2015. This takes the total dividend to 27.0p 
(2013: 27.0p), level with the previous year.

Net working capital
Net working capital is defined as ’inventories plus trade and other receivables 
less trade and other payables, adjusted to exclude deferred consideration 
payable, capitalised arrangement fees and interest accruals’.

Net working capital of (£55.2m) has increased principally due to investment 
in regeneration activities in Affordable Housing and Urban Regeneration.  
Net working capital/revenue ratio was (2.5%) (2013: (3.2%)).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

0

Free cash flow reconciliation £m

Operating profit – adjusted1
Non-cash adjustments2
Net capital expenditure and finance leases
Working capital
Other3
Operating cash flow
Net interest (excluding joint ventures)
Tax
Free cash flow

1  Before intangible amortisation (£2.4m).

2   Adjustments include depreciation, share option charge, shared equity valuation movements, elimination of joint venture profits, investment impairment and net non-cash  

provision movements.

3   ‘Other’ includes joint venture dividends and interest income, joint venture gains on disposal, cash provisions utilised, sale of investment properties, shared equity redemptions  

and additional pension contributions.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Finance review

7
7
–
1
1
6

28.9
(3.7)
(6.8)
(11.8)
(4.2)
2.4
(4.7)
(4.4)
(6.7)

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Finance review continued

Cash flow
The Group generated an adjusted operating cash inflow of £2.4m compared 
to an inflow in 2013 of £14.9m. This is due to increased investment  
in inventory of £41.2m and higher receivables due to increased trading 
volumes. After corporation tax payments and finance costs, there was  
a free cash outflow of £6.7m.

Net cash
Net cash decreased by £14.0m to £55.7m at 31 December 2014. This 
reflected a free cash outflow of £6.7m, dividends paid of £11.5m, offset  
by proceeds from the disposal of investments totalling £6.2m and proceeds 
from the issue of new shares of £4.0m. The average daily net debt for the 
year was £9.0m, an improvement on last year (2013: net debt £19.0m).

Banking facilities committed until 2018
In July 2014, the Group signed a new £140m committed revolving loan 
facility with four banks, which will mature in September 2018. Together  
with £30m of facilities signed in 2013 which mature in 2016, this leaves  
the Group appropriately financed for its anticipated funding requirements. 
The banking facilities are subject to financial covenants, all of which have 
been met throughout the year.

Treasury policy and controls
The Group has clear treasury policies which set out approved counterparties 
and determine the maximum period of borrowings and deposits. The Group 
has very limited exposure to foreign exchange risk because it is based almost 
entirely in the UK, but any significant committed foreign exchange exposures 
are hedged when they arise.

In the normal course of its business, the Group arranges for financial 
institutions to provide client guarantees (bonds) to provide some financial 
protection in the event that a contractor fails to meet its commitments 
under the terms of a contract. The Group pays a fee and provides  
a counter-indemnity to the financial institutions for issuing the bonds.  
As at 31 December 2014, contract bonds in issue under uncommitted 
facilities covered £208.1m (2013: £185.3m) of contract commitments  
of the Group.

Further information on the Group’s use of financial instruments is explained  
in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its 
future development, performance and position, are set out in this strategic 
report. The financial position of the Group, its capital management policy, its 
cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are also described above. 
As at 31 December 2014, the Group had net cash of £55.7m and undrawn 
committed banking facilities of £175m, of which £155m are in place for 
greater than one year. The directors have reviewed the Group’s forecasts  
and projections, which show that the Group will have a sufficient level of 
headroom within facility limits and covenants for the foreseeable future. 
After making enquiries the directors have a reasonable expectation that  
the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual financial statements.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Finance review

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Strategic report

Risk review

The Board recognises the importance of risk in running 
the business and that risks need to remain under regular 
review. Owing to the nature of its activities, risk is at 
the heart of everything the Group does but careful 
risk management is also perceived as an opportunity. 
Accordingly the Group has a long established culture 
of mature risk and control processes to manage both 
material and day-to-day circumstances. 

The Group’s risk and governance model is designed so that the Board 
maintains overall responsibility for risk while each division independently  
works to identify, control and mitigate threats within their operations to the 
Group achieving its goals. The reporting structure ensures that risk appetite is 
determined and risks managed within tolerance levels acceptable to the Board. 
The processes for the given business period are described in principle below: 
• Each year the divisional boards undertake a comprehensive business planning 

process to identify objectives and set strategies to achieve their goals
• The executive directors meet with the divisions monthly throughout the 

year, using an established agenda and reporting format covering a range of 
matters that must be brought to their attention. This allows the executive 
directors to ensure that the Board maintains oversight and control over  
the material aspects of strategic, financial, operational and risk issues
• The risk environment is further underpinned by a clear set of Group and 
divisional delegated authorities that define processes and procedures for 
approving material decisions, particularly with regard to project selectivity, 
tender pricing, bid submissions and capital requirements. This ensures that 
projects are approved at the appropriate level of management, with the 
largest and most complex projects being approved at Board level

• Twice yearly each division carries out a detailed risk review which identifies 
mitigations or proposed actions for each significant risk. Risk registers 
document these together with any timescale by which actions are 
targeted for completion. In conjunction with the divisional risk reviews  
the executive directors, with other key corporate functions, compile their 
own assessment thus ensuring that a top-down, bottom-up approach  
is undertaken when considering the Group-wide environment. These risks 
are then routinely considered at the Board meetings, to ensure that they 
remain under continuous review 

• An annual internal audit plan, approved by the audit committee and 

covering both project and corporate level risks, is developed by focusing 
upon the principal risks identified from the risk review process and 
feedback from current divisional performance. Following this the internal 
audit team reports regularly to the Board and the audit committee  
on the status of risk and control following its assignments 

• It is the role of the Group audit committee to monitor and approve the 
work undertaken by the internal audit function and to ensure that the 
internal audit process remains efficient and effective. This monitoring 
process has been strengthened by divisional audit committees established 
separately for Construction & Infrastructure and Affordable Housing, 
which have larger and more complex operations than other divisions. 

The Group’s overall view of risk can be summarised as follows:

General: There is an underlying decrease in the overall risk perceived by  
the Group, due partly to the completion of a small number of contracts in 
Construction & Infrastructure which had experienced timetable slippages 
and increased costs. Other factors reducing risk are the increase in more 
favourable project tendering terms into 2015 and the continued recovery  
of the UK housing market, although there are signs of the housing market 
cooling. This is discussed in more detail in the following risk report, but is 
substantially a result of the improving market conditions currently prevailing 
in the UK economy, although there remains some uncertainty ahead of the 
General Election in 2015 and the effect this may have on market confidence.

Construction: Contracts, terms, procurement routes and entry margins  
are all more favourable. Recessionary projects that were secured with less 
favourable terms are drawing to a close and should be substantially traded 
out by the half year, which added to improvements in project controls means 
the Group anticipates a more favourable risk and opportunity profile than in 
recent years.

Development: The Group’s schemes are subject to economic viability,  
are non-speculative and have robust risk and capital controls, allowing  
the Group to take advantage of the current prevailing UK economy, but  
at the same time limiting any possible negative fluctuations in the market.

Capital and cash: The Group’s banking facilities were substantively renewed 
this year and will mature in September 2018, which together with its  
robust cash and capital controls allow the Group to confidently manage its 
investment portfolio into the foreseeable future.

Resource: The People Promise initiated in 2014 is gathering momentum. 
People boards have been developed in each division to implement tools 
focused on succession planning and talent management. 2015 will see 
this investment begin to secure and develop the talent required to enable  
the Group’s longer-term growth plans. 

The Board has identified principal risks to the Group achieving its  
strategic goals, aligned to different elements of the Group’s business  
model (see pages 6 to 8). The Group’s risk management process ensures 
that principal risks are appropriately mitigated, allowing the Group to  
deliver value to all stakeholders. The principal risks and mitigations are  
shown in the table overleaf.

Group risk and governance model

Morgan Sindall Group Board

Audit, remuneration and nominations committees

Corporate functions
Company secretariat | General counsel | Tax | Treasury | Health, safety and environment 
Finance | Commercial | IT | People | Supply chain

Group delegated authorities
Work winning | Commercial | Financial | Statutory | People | Corporate

t
i
d
u
a

l

a
n
r
e
t
n
I

Divisional boards
Strategy plans | Board reporting | Business support | Delegated authorities | Risk identification and mitigation 
Policy and process | Financial/operational controls and reporting | Project controls and reporting

R
e
p
o
r
t
i
n
g

E
x
t
e
r
n
a

l

a
u
d
i
t

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Principal risks

Macro
trend

Subcategory –
Description and impacts

Markets
The markets in which the Group operates are affected to varying  
degrees by general macroeconomic conditions. The Group is therefore 
focused on capitalising on the improving economic conditions and  
shaping the business to take account of future growth indicators.  
However, there is a risk that business opportunities within the Group’s 
strategy may be delayed.

There is still some sensitivity in predicting the longer-term outlook.  
There remains uncertainty surrounding the UK’s General Election  
in 2015 and its potential effects on market confidence and  
Government investment programmes that could impact on the  
Group’s long-term strategy. 

Macroeconomic – new opportunities 
The Group has identified the markets and sectors in which it 
anticipates future growth. Within those areas it remains focused 
on selecting opportunities that will provide sustainable margins 
and repeat business. The Group must seek to anticipate  
and appropriately respond to changes in the macroeconomic 
environment that may negatively impact on these chosen 
markets and sectors.

Failure to anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes 
could result in inappropriate allocation of resources and capital. 
This could affect the Group’s profitability and cash generation. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Market capacity 
Positive market conditions have resulted in a risk of potential 
overtrading. The Group and its supply chain are facing upward 
pressure on cost and skills availability.

Increased activity levels require rigorous reviews of resource 
levels against anticipated workloads. Cost inflation in the supply 
chain could impact on the Group’s margins.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Exposure to UK housing market
The UK housing sector is strongly influenced by Government 
stimulus and consumer confidence. 

If mortgage availability and affordability become untenable  
this could make existing schemes difficult to sell and future 
developments unviable, reducing profitability and tying  
up capital.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Mitigation

• Strategic focus on market spread, geographical 
capability and diversification offer measured 
protection against the cyclical effect of individual 
markets

• Business planning process focuses on future 

markets and opportunities that fit the Group’s  
risk appetite

• Scale adds resilience by enabling the Group  
to compete and work in areas with higher 
barriers to entry 

• Added value can be offered to clients when  

Group divisions work together

• Regular monitoring and reporting of financial 

performance, work won, prospects and pipeline  
of opportunities 

• Market intelligence helps detect potential shifts  
in spending and allows the Group to adapt its 
strategy if necessary. 

• Rigorous DELAPS requires teams at bid stage  
to verify that appropriate levels of qualified 
resource are available

• Regular review of the Group’s operational 

resource levels against anticipated workload 

• Supply chain utilisation monitoring and  

reporting and continued focus on initiatives 
within each division

• The Group seeks to differentiate itself by being 
the customer of choice to its partners through 
the development and management of effective 
supply chain relationships

• The appointment of a supply chain leadership 

team is planned for the Construction & 
Infrastructure division.

• Monitoring of key UK statistics including 
unemployment, lending and affordability
• The Board carefully controls commitments  
to development schemes via its rigorous 
three-stage development approval process
• Development structures limit speculative 
development to minimise the impact  
of negative market fluctuations

• Where possible, the forward purchase  

of land is subject to economic viability prior  
to commitment

• When feasible, sections of large-scale  
residential schemes are forward sold  
to institutional investors.

Key monitors/ 
Instruments for subcategory

• Annual business planning process
• Ongoing Group and division delegated 
authorities reporting and approval 
process (‘DELAPS’)
• Monthly Board reporting
• Weekly pipeline and order book reporting
• Weekly sales and marketing report.

• Ongoing DELAPS
• Weekly resource planning reviews
• Ongoing supply chain feedback reporting
• Ongoing tender review boards.

Risk change in 2014

Decrease

• The Group is enjoying greater levels of 

opportunity in its Construction and Regeneration 
markets and increased development scheme 
volumes

• This is partially tempered by levels of competition 
in the Construction market, albeit procurement 
routes, margins and terms are more favourable 

• Development schemes are sensitive to  

market and consumer confidence. The Group’s 
strategy is geared to commit only if schemes 
prove economically viable. This means the 
impact of any negative market fluctuations  
can be minimised

• Construction & Infrastructure has been 

restructured to take advantage of the current 
economic climate to minimise its risk exposure 
and to maximise opportunities to secure growth

• The Group’s DELAPS has been redesigned to 

align with its future strategic aims, risk appetite 
and capital allocation.

Increase

• The industry continues to experience skills  
and cost inflation pressures that the Group  
is managing through disciplined bid and  
project selection processes

• People Promise initiative to help secure and 

develop talent.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

• Annual business planning process
• Monthly Board reporting
• Monthly sales and marketing report
• Monthly development forecasting.

No change

• Sales volumes, pace and inflation have all 
increased in both the investor and private 
markets. However, macroeconomic influences 
are difficult to predict and could affect future 
confidence.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Principal risks

Macro
trend

Subcategory –
Description and impacts

People
The Group’s performance and business conduct affects employees, 
subcontractors and the public and, in turn, can affect its reputation  
and commercial performance. The Group prides itself on its industry- 
leading practices and works in some high profile and technically  
challenging environments. 

As markets emerge from recession employee turnover has increased.  
If the Group does not succeed in attracting and retaining the right  
talent for its future needs it will not be able to develop the business  
as anticipated. 

Environmental or safety incident 
With upward pressure on the supply chain there is an increased 
risk of an accident or incident occurring, causing harm to an 
individual or a community. 

This could result in legal proceedings, financial penalties, 
insurance claims, reputational damage and project delays. 

Consequently the Group fails to pre-qualify in its markets  
due to a poor health, safety and environmental (‘HSE’)  
record and ultimately fails to deliver its targets.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Failing to attract and retain talented people 
In the current rising economic environment, it may become 
increasingly difficult to attract and retain the best people.  
This could impact on the Group’s ability to create the most 
talented teams possible. 

Without talent, it becomes very difficult to maintain the highest 
levels of customer service and technical excellence that the 
Group strives for. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Mitigation

• Key executives with specific responsibility  
for HSE are identified in each division and  
on the Board

• HSE policy frameworks are widely 

communicated and senior managers  
appointed to manage them in each division  
and at project level 

• Group-wide HSE forum operates to share 
learning, best practice and emerging risks

• Established safety systems, site visits, monitoring 
and reporting procedures, including near-miss 
and potential hazard reporting, are in place 
across the Group

• Investigation and root cause analysis of 
accidents, incidents and near misses are 
undertaken 

• Regular HSE training, including behavioural 
training, and update courses are provided

• Major incident management plans and business 
continuity plans are in place and periodically 
reviewed and tested.

• Launch of the People Promise which aims  

to build the Group’s talent pool, identify people  
with high potential for future leadership, offer 
exciting careers and recognise achievement
• Further investment made in graduate, trainee 
and apprenticeship schemes to secure an  
annual inflow of new talent

• Monitoring of future skills and capability 

requirements 

• Annual employee appraisal process in place, 

providing two-way feedback on performance 

• Training and development plans seek to 
maximise relevant skills and experience 
• Remuneration packages are benchmarked  

where possible.

Key monitors/ 
Instruments for subcategory

• Monthly HSE Board report
• Quarterly Group HSE forum
• Ongoing HSE project audit and training 

schedules and ratios

• Ongoing HSE incident investigation 

report.

Risk change in 2014

No change

• The Group monitors comparable industry leading 
statistics. A significant level of work is carried out 
in highly complex and very public environments, 
which requires strict observation of the highest 
levels of Health and Safety Executive standards. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

• Monthly HR Board reporting
• Weekly employee joiners and leavers 

report

• Annual appraisal process
• Regular divisional People boards 

to review talent.

Decrease

• Although the industry is suffering from a lack  
of skilled talent and this will remain an issue for 
the foreseeable future, the Group’s investment  
in the People Promise and associated initiatives 
will help position it to meet its growth strategy.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Principal risks

Macro
trend

Subcategory –
Description and impacts

Winning in our markets
The Group undertakes several hundred contracts each year and it  
is important that contractual terms reflect risks arising from the nature  
and complexity of the works and the duration of the contracts and  
that these risks are effectively managed. 

Mispricing contracts 
When pricing a contract the planned works are not costed 
correctly, increased commodity prices are not factored in  
or risk is not properly evaluated, leading to a contract being 
mispriced. 

Leads to loss of profitability on a contract that reduces overall 
gross margin. May also lead to damaged client and project team 
relationships.

Managing changes to contracts and contract disputes 
As contracts progress there are inevitably changes to the works 
being delivered and a risk exists that the Group does not get 
properly reimbursed for the cost of the changes as a result  
of disagreement, poor commercial controls or disputes. 

Leads to costs being incurred that are not recovered and loss of 
profitability on a contract and delayed cash. Ultimately the Group 
may need to resort to legal action to resolve disputes which can 
prove costly, with uncertain outcomes, and can adversely affect 
the Group’s client relationships.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Poor contract selection 
Risk that the Group accepts a contract outside of its core 
competencies or for which it has insufficient resources. This can 
become a greater risk in a rising market when there are more 
opportunities but of varying quality, coupled with a limit on the 
availability of the appropriate skills and resources.

This may lead to poor understanding of project risks and poor 
project delivery and may ultimately result in contract losses and 
reputational damage. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Mitigation

Key monitors/ 
Instruments for subcategory

• Robust DELAPS governs the selection of all bids 

and the acceptance of work at key stages

• Well established and experienced bidding teams 

and tender process

• Ongoing DELAPS
• Ongoing tender review boards
• Monthly Board reporting.

• Robust pre-selection, due diligence and risk 

assessment of individual bids

• Contract tender reviews at three key stages: 
pre-qualification, pre-tender and final tender 
submission – each stage approved by 
appropriate level of senior management via 
tender review boards.

• Work carried out under standard terms 

wherever possible 

• Contract terms reviewed at tender stage and 

any variations approved by the appropriate level 
of management 

• Ongoing project financial performance
• Ongoing project operational performance
• Ongoing electronic project management 

tool dashboard.

Risk change in 2014

Decrease

• Improving contract procurement routes and 

terms 

• Recessionary contracts with less favourable 

terms substantially traded out by 2014 year end.

Decrease

• Improving contract procurement routes and 
terms with an increasing two-stage and 
negotiated approach

• Enhanced contract early warning techniques.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

• Well established systems of measuring and 
reporting project progress and estimated 
outturns, including contract variations 

• Enhanced project management systems with 

lead indicators that assist in the early 
identification of potential issues

• Increasing BIM adoption helping to overcome 
potential design and constructability issues 
before they become too costly or time 
consuming

• Regularised project review process including 

peer reviews to ensure rigour is applied in core 
processes, to facilitate early warning and 
subsequent mitigation strategies
• Decision to take legal action based on 

appropriate legal advice and suitable provision 
made for legal costs. 

• Business planning identifies markets, sectors  

and clients that the Group will target

• Plans for specific types of work and contract  

size agreed by each division 

• System of delegated authorities governs  
bid selectivity and the acceptance of work 
• Staff planning to ensure appropriate levels  

and calibre of resource

• Initiatives to select supply chain partners that 
match the Group’s expectations in terms  
of quality, sustainability and availability.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

• Weekly pipeline and order book reporting
• Ongoing tender review boards
• Ongoing DELAPS
• Monthly Board reporting
• Ongoing sales and marketing reporting
• Ongoing supply chain feedback reporting.

Decrease

• Majority of material projects are secured with 

repeat clients with strong relationships

• Current market allows the division to be more 

selective in respect of which contracts to bid for.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Principal risks

Macro
trend

Subcategory –
Description and impacts

Winning in our markets continued

Poor project delivery 
The quality of workmanship or poor commercial and  
operational delivery of a contract, whether by the Group,  
a joint venture partner or a subcontractor, does not meet 
expectations of clients. 

Interim cash receipts may be withheld, impacting on working 
capital. Project issues may also affect contract profitability, 
corporate reputation and the Group’s ability to win repeat 
business.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Maximising efficiency
If employees are not properly engaged with the culture of the business, 
clients are less likely to receive exceptional levels of service. 

Perfect Delivery 
The Group and its people do not fully adopt the philosophy  
and culture of Perfect Delivery. 

Project failures that will likely incur additional costs that erode 
profit margins. It is also likely that client experiences will fall  
short of the standards set by the Group, potentially leading  
to a reduction in repeat business or in client referrals. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Mitigation

Key monitors/ 
Instruments for subcategory

Risk change in 2014

• Regular project review process to facilitate early 
warning and subsequent mitigation strategies
• Development of electronic project management 
workbooks to enhance functionality, efficiency 
and ability for ‘live’ reporting of key project 
metrics such as programme, margin, change  
and cash

• Escalation process to ensure senior management 

intervention at early stage

• Formal internal peer reviews to highlight areas  
of improvement and/or risk/best practice
• Collation and review of client feedback via 

Customer Satisfaction Questionnaires (‘CSQs’) 
and Perfect Delivery process

• Lessons-learned exercises carried out on 

projects 

• Employees incentivised on basis of qualitative 

contract performance

• Strategic supply chain trading arrangements  
in place to help ensure consistent quality.

• Continuing engagement with employees,  
clients and supply chain on Perfect Delivery 
• Dedicated internal Perfect Delivery teams  
to maximise engagement and embed culture

• Perfect Delivery led from the Board
• Teams incentivised on Perfect Delivery 

outcomes to achieve high levels of customer 
satisfaction.

• Ongoing electronic project management 

Decrease

tool

• Ongoing project financial performance
• Ongoing project operational performance
• Monthly CSQ and Perfect Delivery 

performance monitoring.

• The improving market and terms under which 
the Group contracts, alongside its drive to 
achieve operational excellence and consistent 
delivery, reduce the probability of disputes. 
However the upward pressure on skills and 
commodities needs close management.

• Monthly Perfect Delivery performance 

Decrease

monitoring

• Monthly CSQ reporting
• Ongoing project operational 

performance.

• Perfect Delivery differentiates the Group’s 

offering and is being embedded in each division

• The Group’s recent investment in its talent 

strategy and initiatives will position the Group  
to meet its long-term growth.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Principal risks

Macro
trend

Subcategory –
Description and impacts

Disciplined use of capital 
Without sufficient liquidity, the Group’s ability to meet its liabilities  
as they fall due would be compromised, which could ultimately lead  
to its failure to continue as a going concern. 

In a rising market there is an increased risk that the Group’s counterparties 
overtrade which could affect their liquidity.

Insolvency of key client, subcontractor or supplier 
Risk that insufficient credit checks and due diligence are not 
undertaken and that a key client, subcontractor or supplier 
becomes insolvent. There is also a risk that, given the wider 
macroeconomic climate, historical credit checks are relied  
upon that have subsequently been overtaken by events.

Insolvency of a client may result in significant financial loss due to 
a bad debt. Insolvency of a subcontractor or supplier may disrupt 
a contract’s programme of work and lead to increased costs in 
finding replacements for their services. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Treasury and Funding
Risk that the Group fails to ensure that sufficient funding is  
in place to accommodate the strategic plans of the business.

The lack of liquidity may impact the Group’s ability to continue  
to trade or restrict its ability to invest in regeneration schemes  
or growth markets. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Management of working capital 
Risk that poor management of working capital leads  
to inadequate liquidity and funding problems. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Mitigation

• Work only carried out for financially sound 
clients, established through rigorous due 
diligence and credit checks 

• Seek and obtain financial security where required 
including specific commercial terms, such as 
payment terms, with escrow accounts used  
as appropriate 

• Contracts with clients, subcontractors or 

suppliers only entered into after review at the 
appropriate level of delegated authority 

• Work with approved suppliers wherever possible 
• Regular meetings with key supply chain 

members to give and receive feedback and 
maintain the quality of the relationship 

• Business strategy largely focused on public and 
commercial clients based in sound market 
sectors, reducing the risk of failure.

• Recent banking facility renewal securing £140m 
maturing in September 2018, enabling the 
Group to fund its planned investment portfolio

• Enhanced three-stage requirement for 

development- and investment-related schemes 
to give an early indication of potential long-term 
balance sheet commitments

• Group disciplined capital allocation including for 
significant project-related capital and monitoring 
versus consideration of future requirements  
and return on investment

• Daily monitoring of cash levels and regular 

forecasting of future cash balances and facility 
headroom

• Regular stress testing of long-term cash 

forecasts 

• Group delegated authorities ensure prior 
approval is sought for significant project- 
related capital.

• Working capital monitored and managed as 
appropriate, with acute focus on any overdue 
work in progress, debtors or retentions 
• Ongoing cash management focus continues  

to improve. Business remains vigilant and keeps 
driving a positive cash culture.

Key monitors/ 
Instruments for subcategory

• Weekly pipeline and order book reporting
• Ongoing tender review boards
• Daily work in progress/debt/retention 

monitoring

• Ongoing supply chain feedback reporting
• Ongoing supply chain prequalification. 

Risk change in 2014

No change

• Need to remain vigilant as clients and supply 

chain emerge from recessionary into accelerating 
market, which may overstress their finances.

• Monthly management accounts
• Daily monitoring of cash levels
• Weekly cash forecast report.

Decrease

• The Group has recently refinanced a substantial 

part of its facilities to September 2018

• Debt availability and terms improving for the 

Group, its clients and supply chain.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

• Daily monitoring of cash levels
• Weekly cash forecast report.

No change

• Working capital is expected to improve  

as recessionary projects unwind and general 
market terms improve

• Increased cash optimisation focus and controls.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Principal risks

Macro
trend

Subcategory –
Description and impacts

Pursuing innovation
The Group is committed to offering customers innovative and  
cost-effective solutions. If it fails to encourage an innovative approach 
across the Group it will lose its competitive edge and suffer reputational 
damage.

This is coupled with the risk that the Group’s systems will not provide 
appropriate security levels or resilience needed to ensure reliable levels  
of business continuity.

Innovation
Failure to adopt appropriate innovations in new products  
or techniques.

The Group becomes less effective than its competitors and  
is not able to secure best value for, or offer the best solutions  
to, its clients. New technologies and innovation are not  
promoted into the business environment making it a less 
attractive proposition to new and existing talent.

Information Technology
That the Group does not manage and optimise its IT 
infrastructure environment to avoid business interruptions, 
maximise efficiencies, keep pace with emerging technology, 
together with the prevalence of security and data threats.

If the Group fails to manage and invest in its IT environment  
it will ultimately not meet the future needs of the business  
in terms of expected growth, security and future innovation 
requirements, ultimately meaning that it will fail to maintain  
a sustainable business.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Risk review continued

Mitigation

• BIM strategy developed to provide more 
efficient asset management across the  
whole lifecycle

• A culture of innovation is encouraged and 

relevant ideas, sourced via employees, supply 
chain, customers and external sources, are 
promoted into the business environment
• Reviews undertaken to promote elimination  
of waste of both resources and process, 
adopting lean methodology where appropriate
• IT forum structure in place to review, sponsor 
and promote new innovations into the business
• Significant innovation and IT capital expenditure 
is subject to delegated authority sign-off by 
senior management.

• Group-wide IT strategy remodelled to 

encompass an optimised shared services 
approach, direction and investment
• Co-ordinated services approach driving 

efficiency and performance across the whole 
technology environment

• Group-wide IT forum structure in place  

ensuring focused strategic development and 
day-to-day running of the Group’s technology 
environment

• Progressive IT investment now yielding real 

infrastructure, application and service delivery 
improvements

• Group-wide risk and security strategies  

enacted, creating awareness, providing threat 
alerts and addressing risk and vulnerability 
prioritisation and response.

Key monitors/ 
Instruments for subcategory

• Monthly work winning process
• Ongoing project operational  

performance reviews

• Ongoing IT change and programme 

reporting

• Annual budgets. 

Risk change in 2014

Decrease

• The industry is slow in adopting new 

technologies, that if not reversed will stifle talent, 
efficiency and sustainability

• Recent innovations include the roll out of Lync, 
BIM, enhanced project management tools and 
smartphone facilitation.

• Monthly Group and divisional IT forums
• Ongoing IT monitoring and performance 

reporting.

No change

• The ever-evolving technology environment  
and cyber security threat will remain a threat  
for the foreseeable future

• The Group’s progressive investment in its IT 

strategy and programme is maturing.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Risk review

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Sustainability review

The Group recognises that being a responsible  
and sustainable business is fundamental to its future 
success. Its commitment to sustainability extends  
across its social, environmental and economic 
obligations, and the Group is steadfast in its efforts  
to minimise any adverse impacts from its activities. 

A committed approach to sustainability delivers widespread benefits.  
It enables the Group to maximise efficiencies, strengthens its ability  
to win work and enhances its reputation as a leading construction and 
regeneration group. It also plays a key role in positioning the Group as  
a preferred employer. 

Sustainability is an important element in the Group’s procedures to mitigate 
risk and create opportunities as it influences the Group’s ability to deliver  
its strategy. In recognition of this, material issues related to sustainability  
are identified through extensive stakeholder engagement and are  
mapped, updated and regularly reviewed within a sustainability risk and 
opportunity register. 

Today the construction industry faces multi-faceted sustainability-related 
challenges ranging from climate change, dwindling natural resources  
and population growth through to complex regulation, rapidly advancing 
technology and changing societal expectations. As one of the UK’s principal 
contractors, the Group fully embraces its responsibilities to lead by example 
and to influence how the industry operates today to contribute towards  
a healthy and sustainable future. 

People

Planet

Profit 

• Providing a safe work environment
• Developing talented employees

• Reducing energy consumption  

and carbon emissions

• Reducing waste

• Improving sustainable procurement
•  Supporting local economic growth

The Total Commitments comprise the Group’s sustainability strategy  
and are co-ordinated at Group level to ensure consistency and to share  
best practice across all divisions. Continuous improvement is driven  
through measurement, reporting, transparency and comprehensive 
stakeholder engagement. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

For the second year running, the Group has reported its performance using 
the Global Reporting Initiative’s (‘GRI’) Sustainability Reporting Framework. 
The GRI’s G4 reporting guidelines place a greater emphasis on materiality  
and the process of identifying and prioritising the most important challenges 
and opportunities that impact on the Group and its stakeholders. More 
information, including the Group’s 2014 sustainability report, can be found  
at www.corporate.morgansindall.com/sustainability. 

Milestones in 2014
To inform the development of its sustainability strategy and activities,  
the Group has formed three stakeholder panels whose insight helps raise  
the Group’s awareness of potential threats and emerging opportunities: 

Client Panel:

Supply Chain Panel:

For the Group to gain a deeper 
understanding of its clients’ 
sustainability ambitions and how  
better to work collaboratively with 
clients to help drive sustainability 
standards across the industry.

To achieve a fully aligned supply  
chain that understands the Group’s 
sustainability strategy and approach.  
In turn the panel enables the Group  
to understand the challenges faced  
by its suppliers and subcontractors in 
meeting its sustainability requirements.

To capture the opinions of younger 
employees on sustainability and the 
Group’s approach towards it.

Talented people are the cornerstone of the Group’s success. A key focus  
for the Group is to become an employer of choice within the industry and  
to maintain a balance between retaining a diverse and experienced workforce 
and attracting new talent. This, combined with the People Promise, is critical 
to delivering growth for the Group.

Number of apprentices directly employed

2014 

2013 

7
7
–
1
1
6

94

89

As co-founder of the Supply Chain Sustainability School, the Group has 
continued to invest in the School to promote the importance of aligned 
supply chains across the industry and to help construction suppliers and 
subcontractors develop their own knowledge and competence across the 
sustainability landscape. Since the launch of the School in 2012, over 1,700 
members of the Group’s supply chain have undertaken training, improving 
their own sustainability credentials and strengthening their ability to meet  
the Group’s expectations.

The Group’s Total Commitments

2025 Next Generation Panel: 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Sustainability review

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Sustainability review continued

For the third year running, the Group has been rated the highest-scoring 
construction company in the Carbon Disclosure Project’s UK Climate Change 
Report 2014, continuing its year-on-year score improvement by achieving  
a 97/B (2013: 91/B). This is a considerable achievement that reflects the 
investment and effort made across the Group to identify and manage  
risks associated with climate change and to improve the management  
of emissions.

In recognition of the Group’s continuing efforts to ensure the construction 
industry is highly regarded both on and off site, Construction & Infrastructure 
secured an industry-leading number of accolades at the 2014 Considerate 
Construction Scheme (‘CCS’) National Site Awards. Thirty-eight awards were 
secured which demonstrate the division’s commitment to the community, 
the environment and the workforce on its sites. The Group as a whole 
achieved 48 awards with the balance awarded to the Affordable Housing  
and Fit Out divisions. 

The Group aims to create social and economic value within its local 
communities in order to contribute towards a local positive legacy which 
endures long after a project is completed. To measure and demonstrate 
added value from its activities, the Group has invested in the Local Multiplier 
3 (‘LM3’) tool that is being rolled out across all divisions. LM3 is recognised  
in the UK as best practice in measuring local economic contribution from 
construction spend promoting sustainable development and it will also allow 
the Group to identify best practice and replicate successful approaches 
across other projects. 

Measured Performance
Performance against the Group’s Total Commitment KPIs is set out below. 
Unfortunately performance against a number of KPIs has deteriorated  
in 2014. In particular, the Group’s commitment to reducing waste has been 
impacted by the nature of work undertaken in 2014 and by a project in 
Scotland towards the end of last year where there was no alternative other 
than to landfill a significant quantity of material. Whilst it is disappointing that 
the Group’s RIDDOR has increased by one incident in 2014 over the prior 
year, the accident incident rate for the Group as shown on page 6 actually fell 
by 21% during the year, a significant reduction reflecting the hours worked. 

Total Commitment to reducing energy consumption  
and carbon emission

Total carbon emissions CO2e

2014 

2013 

37,627

45,901

Total Commitment to reducing waste

Total waste produced Tonnes 

2014 

2013 

1,326,247

943,958

Total waste diverted from landfill Tonnes

2014 

2013 

1,140,306

855,935

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Waste diverted from landfill %

2014 

2013 

Total Commitment to improving sustainable procurement

Percentage of total spend that is covered 
by Group-wide agreements % 

2014 

2013 

86

91

72

71

14

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Total Commitment to a safe work environment

Total Commitment to supporting local economic growth

Total number of RIDDOR* incidents 

2014 

2013 

 *The Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013 
(RIDDOR).

68

67

Measurement of local multiplier effect 
on applicable projects £ 

2014 

2013

N/A

Total Commitment to developing talented employees

Average number of training days per employee

2014 

2013 

Diversity
The Group is fully committed to treating all of its employees fairly and equally. 
Its policies and practices emphasise the importance of treating individuals  
in a non-discriminatory manner across the full employment life cycle 
including recruitment of all new employees and the management of existing 
personnel. The Group recognises that a diverse workforce will provide it  
with an insight into different markets and help it anticipate and provide what 
its clients need.

2.2

2.3

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Sustainability review

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Sustainability review continued

A breakdown by gender of the number of persons who were directors of the 
Company, senior managers and other employees as at 31 December 2014  
is set out below.

Directors of the Company

5 Male 

2 Female 

71%

29%

Geraldine Gallacher stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2014.

Senior managers: Group team

3 Male 

3 Female 

50%

50%

Senior managers: Group management team

9 Male 

4 Female 

69%

31%

Other employees: total workforce

4,464 Male 

1,108 Female 

80%

20%

Emissions have been calculated using data gathered for the Group’s  
annual audit of its energy data by Achilles under its Certified Emissions 
Measurement and Reduction Scheme. Emission factors are from the 
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (‘Defra’) conversion 
factor guidance current for the year reported. Prior year’s data has been 
rebased using Defra’s 2013 factors. All data has been verified by Achilles.

Emissions are predominantly from bulk fuel use on sites, from the Group’s 
vehicle fleet and electricity. The Group’s target is to reduce its absolute 
emissions by 26% by 2020 from a baseline of the data as at 31 December 
2010. The Group’s head of sustainability is responsible for the delivery  
of this target.

Tonnes of CO2 equivalent (2014) 
Total: 37,626

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

 3,214

9,168

25,244

Scope 1 Tonnes CO2e
Direct emissions resulting from fuel combustion (bulk fuels, natural gas) 
and vehicle fleet emissions.
2010 (baseline) 33,357

2014 

2013 

25,244

32,878

Scope 2 Tonnes CO2e
Indirect emissions resulting from electricity purchased by the Group 
(including landlord supplied). The Group consumed 15,306.6MWh, 
not including electricity provided as part of serviced office rental.
2010 (baseline) 25,288

The Group fully supports the principles set out in the UN Universal 
Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Global Compact, in particular  
with regard to equal opportunity, freedom from discrimination, freedom  
of association and collective bargaining.

2014 

2013 

9,168

10,570

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2015 priorities
The Group’s health and safety forum is implementing a focused ‘Close  
the Gap’ plan in 2015 that will address previous under-performance and 
emerging challenges the industry is facing as markets improve. As part of  
the People Promise, the Group’s management development programme  
has been redesigned and will be launched in the second half of 2015.  
Each division is tailoring the People Promise to their particular business  
needs for attracting and retaining the right talent. 

Greenhouse gas emissions

The Group’s greenhouse gas emissions have been calculated based on  
the ISO 14064-1:2006 Standards. Emissions reported correspond with  
the Group’s financial year and include all areas for which the Group has 
operational control in the UK excluding joint ventures. The materiality 
threshold has been set at a Group level of 5% with all operations estimated  
to contribute more than 1% of the total emissions included. No material 
emissions have been omitted from this report.

Scope 3 Tonnes CO2e
Indirect emissions from related activities such as water consumption and 
disposal, waste disposal, electricity transmission losses and employee travel.
2010 (baseline) 5,097

7
7
–
1
1
6

2014 

2013 

3,214

2,453

Intensity measurement (scope 1, 2 and 3)
An intensity measure of tonnes of CO2e per £m revenue has been selected 
as this is a metric already in use and as verified by Achilles.
2010 (baseline) 30.32

2014 

2013 

16.95

21.91

Approval of the strategic report
This strategic report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan
Chief Executive 
19 February 2015

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Sustainability review

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Corporate governance report

Governance

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Governance
48  Chairman’s statement
48  Board of directors
50  Group management team
52  Corporate governance report
58  Directors’ remuneration 

report

72  Directors’ report
76  Directors’ responsibilities 

statement

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Governance

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Chairman’s statement

Board of directors

Adrian Martin
Chairman

John Morgan 
Chief Executive

Appointed: December 2008

Appointed: October 1994

In November 2012, Adrian was 
appointed non-executive chairman 
of the Board having previously  
held the role of senior independent 
director. Adrian has previously 
served on the board of a number  
of plcs and is currently a non-
executive director of M&C Saatchi 
plc. His career includes 30 years’ 
audit and corporate finance 
experience with BDO Stoy 
Hayward, the last eight years  
as managing partner, before 
becoming chief executive and  
then consultant at Reynolds Porter 
Chamberlain LLP until 2009.

John was appointed as chief 
executive in November 2012.  
He has overall responsibility  
for proposing and developing  
the strategy and day-to-day 
management of the operational 
activities of the Group. He 
co-founded Morgan Lovell in 
1977 which then reversed into 
William Sindall plc in 1994 to  
form Morgan Sindall Group plc.  
He was formerly chief executive 
from 1994 to 2000 and executive 
chairman from 2000 to 2012.

Skills, competencies  
and experience
Adrian has over 30 years’ audit  
and corporate finance experience. 
Having held senior board positions 
at leading companies in non-
executive capacities, he brings 
substantial leadership experience.

Skills, competencies  
and experience
John has in-depth knowledge  
of the construction and 
regeneration markets. He has 
significant executive leadership  
skills and experience.

Committees
Adrian is chair of the nominations 
committee.

Committees
John is a member of the 
nominations committee.

As a Board of directors we are committed to maintaining the highest 
standards of corporate governance as we believe this helps to 
facilitate the success of the Company. Our corporate governance 
report is set out on pages 52 to 57 and explains how we manage 
the Group and comply with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2012 (the ‘Code’)*. 

For the Company, good governance involves establishing 
appropriate policies, procedures and guidelines to underpin  
our ability to deliver our strategy. It involves ensuring that the 
Company’s core values and standards are embedded within  
the Group, whilst allowing each division to operate within a 
decentralised, empowering environment. The Board’s stewardship 
and scrutiny of these matters and its role in providing constructive 
challenge to the executive team is critical. Equally important  
is the Board’s work in formulating the risk management strategy  
of the Group and monitoring its effectiveness.

Key areas that we have focused on this year include board 
effectiveness, succession planning, and further strengthening  
our management team to drive forward delivery of our strategy.  
We continued our work with the external team, H Cubed Limited, 
who undertook our board evaluation last year as I felt it was 
important for consistency to review the progress of the Board  
in playing to its strengths and addressing areas for improvement, 
and the consequent impact on the organisation. The outcome  
of the review is given in more detail on page 53, and I am pleased  
to report that no material weaknesses were identified. Over the 
next six months we will be seeking to recruit a new non-executive 
director to replace Geraldine Gallacher who stepped down from  
the Board on 31 December 2014. Further details can be found  
on page 55.

I am committed to ensuring that the Company manages its affairs  
in compliance with the principles and provisions of the Code.  
Whilst subject to the provisions of the Code applicable to smaller 
companies, the Company seeks, where appropriate, to follow those 
applicable to FTSE 350 companies. I am pleased to report that  
we have complied in full with the Code requirements throughout  
the accounting period.

Over the last couple of years we have focused on ensuring that  
the views presented in our annual report are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business  
model and strategy. In order to comply with this requirement those 
individuals with overall responsibility for each section of the annual 
report were given a set of criteria by which to assess whether 
their respective sections were fair, balanced and understandable. 
The audit committee was then asked to assess the document as  
a whole against the same criteria. Comments were incorporated 
into the final version of the document which was submitted for 
approval by the Board. 

I hope that the following report provides you with a meaningful 
insight into how we operate and the matters on which we have 
focused during the year.

Adrian Martin
Chairman 
19 February 2015

 *A copy of the Code can be found on the financial reporting council’s website at 
https://www.frc.org.uk/Our-Work/Codes-Standards/Corporate-governance/
UK-Corporate-Governance-Code.aspx 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Board of Directors

48

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Board of directors continued

Steve Crummett
Finance Director

Patrick De Smedt
Senior Independent Director

Simon Gulliford
Non-Executive Director

Liz Peace, cbe
Non-Executive Director 

Appointed: February 2013 

Appointed: December 2009

Appointed: March 2010

Appointed: November 2012

Steve was previously finance 
director of Filtrona plc (now 
Essentra plc). Prior to that he held 
senior finance roles with a number 
of listed companies, including Exel 
plc, McKechnie plc and Logica plc. 
Steve qualified as a chartered 
accountant with Arthur Andersen 
and has been chair of the audit 
committee and a non-executive 
director of Consort Medical plc 
since June 2012.

Patrick assumed the role of senior 
independent director in November 
2012. Patrick’s career includes 23 
years with Microsoft, culminating  
in the role of chairman for Europe, 
Middle East and Africa from 2003. 
Since leaving Microsoft in 2006,  
he has served on the boards of a 
number of European public and 
private companies. He is currently 
senior independent director of Anite 
plc, a non-executive director of 
Victrex plc, where he also chairs the 
remuneration committee, Easynet 
GmbH and Kodak Alaris Holdings 
Limited. He is an investor in several 
European technology companies.

Simon is chief executive officer of 
Gulliford Consulting, the marketing 
consultancy which he founded 
in 1992 and which is now part  
of Chime Communications plc.  
Simon is also a non-executive 
director of Scottish Equitable plc 
and a number of private companies. 
Before setting up his own 
consultancy, he was head of the 
marketing faculty at Ashridge 
College and he has previously  
held marketing roles at companies 
including Sears plc, EMAP plc, 
Barclays plc and Standard Life plc. 

In 2014 Liz was appointed as a 
non-executive director of Redrow 
plc. She is a member of the board  
of Peabody, a trustee of property 
charity LandAid, a trustee of the 
Churches Conservation Trust and  
a non-executive director of Turley 
Associates. Liz spent 12 years as 
chief executive officer of the British 
Property Federation between 2002 
and 2014. This followed a career  
in the Ministry of Defence including 
as director of corporate affairs from 
1990 to 2002 at QinetiQ Group plc 
(formerly the Defence Evaluation 
and Research Agency). 

Skills, competencies  
and experience
Steve brings wide-ranging financial 
and significant listed company 
experience.

Skills, competencies  
and experience
Patrick, having held board  
positions including as chair of  
the remuneration committee  
and senior independent director  
at other public companies,  
brings considerable experience  
to the Board.

Skills, competencies  
and experience
Simon has substantial executive 
management and strategic 
marketing experience through the 
various positions that he has held.

Committees
Steve attends the meetings of the 
audit committee at the invitation  
of the committee chair. 

Committees
Patrick is chair of the remuneration 
committee, and is a member of the 
audit and nominations committees.

Committees
Simon is a member of the audit, 
nominations and remuneration 
committees.

Skills, competencies  
and experience
Liz has considerable experience  
in the property sector but also 
brings experience of management 
of a wide range of businesses.  
Liz has relevant financial experience 
gained from the various positions 
that she has held.

Committees
Liz is chair of the audit committee 
and is a member of the 
remuneration and nominations 
committees.

Board composition

Executive 
2 
Non-executive  4  

Male 
Female 

5 
1

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Board of Directors

49

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Group management team

John Morgan 
Chief Executive*

Steve Crummett
Finance Director*

See page 48 for biography.

See page 49 for biography.

Andy Saul 
Group Commercial Director*

Helen Mason
General Counsel*

Andy joined the Group in January 
2014. Andy was previously 
managing director of Bullock 
Construction from 2010 to 2013. 
Prior to that his career included  
20 years with Kier Group plc, 
culminating in the role of director  
at Kier’s construction division where 
he had overall responsibility for  
the commercial and procurement 
functions of the division. 

Helen joined the Group in July 2014 
from London law firm Fieldfisher. 
Helen is a construction lawyer  
with 15 years’ experience gained 
in-house and in private practice,  
in the UK and in Australia. Helen  
is responsible for looking after the 
Group’s relationships with external 
law firms. Helen is also at the  
heart of the Group’s approach  
to compliance with its statutory 
responsibilities.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Clare Sheridan
Company Secretary*

Camilla Aitchison
Director of People*

Clare has been with the Company 
for 17 years, and was appointed 
company secretary in June 2014 
having previously been deputy 
company secretary. Prior to this, 
she was general manager of a 
theatre production company 
producing musicals and 
pantomimes across the UK. Clare  
is a qualified chartered secretary.

Camilla joined the Group in 
December 2013 after three years 
at Inchcape Shipping Services 
where she was chief human 
resources officer, and was 
responsible for creating the HR 
function. Previously she was head 
of business relations at HSBC Bank 
plc where she developed the HR 
strategy needed to deliver the 
business objectives. Camilla began 
her career as an officer in the army. 

7
7
–
1
1
6

Pat Boyle
Managing Director  
Construction and Design

Nick Fletcher
Managing Director 
Infrastructure

Pat holds overall responsibility for 
Construction & Infrastructure’s 
construction and design business.  
A member of the Chartered 
Institute of Building, he joined the 
Group in 2014 from Lend Lease, 
where he was most recently head 
of their public sector construction 
division. Prior to this, Pat held 
various wide-ranging senior  
level roles within Laing and Laing 
O’Rourke, including regional 
director, group HR director and 
managing director of Select  
Plant Hire. 

Nick is a chartered civil engineer 
with over 25 years’ UK and 
international experience. A Fellow  
of the Institution of Civil Engineers, 
Nick holds overall responsibility  
for Construction & Infrastructure’s 
infrastructure business which 
includes transport, tunnelling and 
utility services, in addition to board 
responsibilities for aviation and 
Magnor Plant Hire. Nick joined  
the Group in 2014 from Laing 
O’Rourke where he was most 
recently operations director  
of its infrastructure division.  
Prior to this, he was managing 
director of Laing O’Rourke Ireland.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Group management team

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Group management team continued

Chris Booth
Managing Director 
Fit Out

Chris Booth is managing director  
of the Fit Out division. He has 
overall responsibility for both  
the Overbury and Morgan Lovell 
brands. Chris joined Overbury  
in 1994, progressing through 
divisional management (1998-
2003) to become managing 
director of Overbury in 2003.  
He was appointed to the Fit Out 
divisional board as chief operating 
officer in 2010 and managing 
director in 2013.

Stewart Davenport
Managing Director 
Affordable Housing

Stewart joined Lovell in 1995  
as commercial director and was 
promoted to managing director  
in 1997. In 1999, the Affordable 
Housing division was acquired by 
the Group. Prior to joining Lovell, 
Stewart worked for Contract 
Housing, the social housing  
division of Tarmac Construction, 
commencing in 1973 as a trainee 
quantity surveyor and progressing  
to commercial director.

Gary Lester
Managing Director 
Morgan Sindall Property Services

Gary has a history of leading 
successful repairs and maintenance 
businesses including national 
businesses of gas servicing, 
maintenance, facilities management 
and energy solutions. Gary joined 
the Group in August 2014 and 
brings a wealth of operational 
experience gained from 17 years  
in the housing sector and a further  
14 years in the building industry.  
An electrician by trade, he has  
been directly involved in the building 
and maintenance industry from 
leaving school, rising to the position  
of managing director and assuming 
that role at Morgan Sindall  
Property Services.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Matt Crompton
Joint Managing Director  
Urban Regeneration

Lisa Scenna
Managing Director 
Investments 

Lisa joined the Group in June 2013. 
In her last position before joining the 
Group, Lisa was managing director, 
Explore Investments at Laing 
O’Rourke. Prior to that she was the 
joint managing director at Stockland 
UK and held senior financial roles 
within both Stockland and Westfield 
in Australia. Lisa is a qualified 
chartered accountant. 

Matt joined the Group via the 
acquisition of AMEC Developments 
in July 2007 where he started  
in 1990 as a senior development 
surveyor. Matt is responsible  
for the division’s activities in the 
Northern region. He is also on  
the Board of English Cities Fund,  
a £100m mixed-use regeneration 
vehicle owned by Muse 
Developments, Legal & General  
and the Homes and Communities 
Agency. His earlier career  
included development positions  
at both London & Metropolitan  
and Chestergate Seddon.

7
7
–
1
1
6

Group management team 
composition

Male 
Female 

9 
4

Group team composition

Male 
Female 

3 
3

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Group management team

 *Member of the Group team

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Corporate governance report

Leadership
Role of the Board 
The Board is responsible for creating and delivering sustainable shareholder value. This includes setting the strategic direction of the Group, reviewing all 
significant aspects of the Group’s activities, overseeing the executive management and reviewing the overall internal control and risk management systems. 
Individually, the directors act in a way they consider will promote the long-term success of the Group for the benefit of, and with regard to the interests  
of its various stakeholders.

There is a formal schedule of matters that are specifically reserved to the Board, which includes the approval of the Group’s strategic plans, the annual budget, 
risk management strategy, significant capital expenditure and investment proposals, funding decisions including loans and charges over the Company’s assets, 
major projects, acquisitions and disposals, internal control arrangements and the annual and half-year results. Other specific responsibilities are delegated  
to the Board committees described below and under the Group’s delegated authorities.

Board
Chairman
Two executive directors
Three independent non-executive directors
Creating and delivering sustainable shareholder value

Board committees

Audit committee
(see page 56 and 57)

Remuneration committee
(see page 64 and 65)

Nominations committee
(see page 55)

Three independent non-executive directors

Three independent non-executive directors

Monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements, reviews the relationship with the 
auditor and the role and effectiveness of the 
internal control function.

Determines the reward strategy for the 
executive directors to align their interests with 
those of shareholders.

Chairman, chief executive and three 
independent non-executive directors

Ensures the Board and the senior management 
team have the appropriate skills, knowledge  
and experience to operate effectively and  
deliver the strategy.

Group team

Two executive directors
Four senior managers

Management teams
(members of the management teams are listed on page 50 and 51)

Group management team

Two executive directors
Four senior managers
Seven divisional managing directors

Assist the executive directors with the development of Group  
strategy, the management of the business and the discharge  
of responsibilities delegated by the Board.

Assist the executive directors to manage the operations of the Group to 
approve matters below Board level and to ensure the strategy is delivered.

The chairs of the three principal committees provide detailed reports to the Board on the matters discussed at the committee meetings, thereby ensuring 
that all directors have visibility and the opportunity to discuss such matters.

Roles of the chairman, chief executive and senior independent director 
The Board has agreed a clear division of responsibility between the chairman and chief executive. John Morgan, as chief executive, has principal responsibility 
for proposing and developing the overall strategy and the day-to-day management of the operational activities of the Group in accordance with the  
strategy and policies determined by the Board. Adrian Martin, as chairman, is responsible for ensuring that the Board functions effectively; he sets the  
agenda for Board meetings and ensures that adequate time is devoted to discussion of all agenda items, facilitating the effective contribution of all directors 
and ensuring that the Board as a whole is involved in refining and determining Group strategy. 

Patrick De Smedt, as the senior independent director, is available to shareholders if they have concerns which have not been resolved through the  
chairman or chief executive or for which contact through those channels is not appropriate. He also has specific responsibility for evaluating the performance  
of the chairman. 

Independence 
All of the non-executive directors are considered by the Board to be independent in character and judgment and no cross directorships exist between any  
of the directors. 

The directors are aware of their duties under the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’) relating to the management of conflicts of interest.  
The Company’s articles of association (‘the Articles’) give the Board a general power to authorise potential conflicts of interest. In addition to the directors’ 
duty to seek Board approval for any new potentially conflicting situations or changes to existing interests, the register of potential conflicts is circulated  
for review by the Board on an annual basis. This process was carried out satisfactorily during the year.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Corporate governance report

52

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Corporate governance report continued

Appointment and replacement of directors
The directors shall be not less than two and not more than 12 in number.  
The Company may by ordinary resolution vary the minimum and/or 
maximum number of directors. Directors may be appointed to the Company 
by ordinary resolution or by the Board. 

is set out below. Sufficient time is given at the end of each meeting for  
the chairman to meet privately with the senior independent director and 
non-executive directors to discuss any matters. The chairman met formally 
with the non-executive directors without the executive directors present  
on one occasion during the year following the strategy review.

The Board has agreed that notwithstanding the requirements of the Articles 
all directors will retire at each AGM and may offer themselves for re-election 
by shareholders. All of the existing directors will therefore be standing for 
re-election at the 2015 AGM and their biographies are set out on pages  
48 and 49. The Board is satisfied that the performance of all of the 
non-executive directors and the chairman continues to be effective and  
that they continue to show commitment to their respective roles.

During the year, no director had any interests in any shares of the Company’s 
subsidiaries, or any material interests in any contract with the Company  
or subsidiary being a contract of significance in relation to the Company’s 
business. 

Operation of the Board
Board meetings and Board attendance
A formal agenda for each scheduled meeting of the Board is agreed by the 
chairman and is circulated in advance of the meeting to allow time for proper 
consideration, together with relevant papers including key strategic, 
operational and financial information.

Attendance of individual directors during 2014 at scheduled Board meetings 
and meetings of the remuneration, audit and nominations committees  

Board

Percentage 
attendances

Remuneration 
committee

Audit 
committee

Nominations 
committee

Total number of meetings

Adrian Martin1
John Morgan
Steve Crummett
Patrick De Smedt2
Simon Gulliford3
Liz Peace
Geraldine Gallacher4

11

11
11
11
10
10
11
9

%

100%
100%
100%
91%
91%
100%
82%

5

5
1
5
4

3

1

3
3
3
3

1

1
1

1
1
1
1

1  Adrian Martin stepped down from the audit committee on 8 May 2014 due to a 

conflicting commitment. He attended all meetings prior to his resignation from the 
committee.

2   Patrick De Smedt was unable to attend one meeting of the Board due to a conflicting 

commitment.

3   Simon Gulliford was unable to attend one meeting of the Board due to illness. 

Simon was appointed to the remuneration committee on 1 December 2014 and 
attended all meetings following his appointment.

4   Geraldine Gallacher stood down as a non-executive director on 31 December 2014. 
Geraldine was unable to attend two meetings of the Board and one remuneration 
committee meeting due to conflicting commitments that had previously been agreed 
with the chairman.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

In addition to the formal meetings, the Board met on several occasions to consider and debate specific strategic issues affecting the Group and the industry, 
with input where relevant from senior management. A summary of key Board activity in the year is set out below:

Strategy

Leadership and employees

Shareholder engagement

Governance

• Annual strategy review to 

consider and approve the Group’s 
five-year strategic plan and 
divisional operating plans
• Annual review to consider  
and approve the Group’s  
2015 budget. 

• Discussion of the composition 
and succession of the Board  
and the committees. 

• Held an analysts’ session with 
the executive directors and 
divisional managing directors
• Shareholder consultation on 

proposed remuneration policy 
changes (see page 62).

• Review of risks identified  

and mitigation plans including  
a detailed consideration  
of principal risks (see pages  
31 to 43 for more detailed 
information).

Whilst the Board did not make any site visits as a group during the year, all of the non-executive directors did have the opportunity to visit the divisions to 
meet with the divisional teams to gain a better understanding of the Group’s operations. As part of the Group’s strategy review the chief executive, chairman 
and a non-executive director met with the managing directors of the divisions to discuss their divisional strategic plans in detail prior to the review in October. 
Each non-executive director provided a summary to the Board of their findings during the strategy review.

Effectiveness
Board evaluation
The 2013 evaluation had identified a number of recommendations with a view to enhancing the Board’s contribution to the governance of the Company  
and to the quality of debate and decision-making at Board meetings. The Board has sought to act on these recommendations during the year. 

The 2014 evaluation undertaken by H Cubed in July and August reviewed the progress of the Board over the year and was based on an online questionnaire 
followed by a 30-minute telephone call with each director and the company secretary to clarify any matters raised in the questionnaires. The process focused 
on the Board’s:
• governance processes 
• balance of skills and experience 
• diversity 
• dynamic in respect of debate and decision making.

The review found that the Board and the committees were operating effectively and that good progress had been made against some of the areas identified 
for improvement in the 2013 evaluation although it was agreed that further development was needed in the areas of transparency and clarity of strategic 
direction, the level of challenge and scrutiny in Board meetings and the focus on talent and succession for key individuals and leaders.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Corporate governance report

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Corporate governance report continued

Training, development and advice
Newly appointed directors receive a full induction, including a detailed 
information pack (containing information about sustainability and governance 
matters relevant to the Group), visits to the Group’s operations and meetings 
with senior divisional management. Training on the role and responsibilities  
of directors is offered on appointment and subsequently as necessary.  
Other training needs for the directors are kept under review during the year, 
with briefings on new legislation and guidance affecting them provided by 
the company secretary. The non-executive directors update their knowledge 
of and familiarity with the Group by regular visits to its operations. There  
are agreed procedures by which directors are able to take independent 
professional advice, at the expense of the Company, on matters relating  
to their duties. The directors also have access to the advice and services  
of the company secretary, who attends all Board and committee meetings.

Dialogue with shareholders 
The executive directors undertake a programme of regular communication 
with institutional shareholders and with analysts covering the Company’s 
activities, its performance and strategy. In particular, presentations are made 
to institutional investors and analysts following the announcements of the 
preliminary and half-year results. Written feedback from these meetings  
and presentations is distributed to all members of the Board. The executive 
directors held a meeting with analysts and the divisional managing directors 
in November 2014 to enable the analysts to meet members of the senior 
management team and to gain a greater understanding of the Group’s 
operations. The chairman met several of the Company’s major shareholders 
during the year and the non-executive directors are also available  
to meet with them to listen to their views, although no such meetings  
were requested. Towards the end of 2014, the chair of the remuneration 
committee consulted with major shareholders regarding proposed  
changes to the Group’s remuneration policy (see page 62).

The Company encourages all shareholders to use the AGM as an opportunity 
for effective communication with the Company. All of the directors,  
except Geraldine Gallacher, attended the AGM held in 2014. Geraldine  
had previously agreed with the chairman that she could miss the AGM  
to attend an overseas charity event. Details of proxy votes submitted  
for each resolution at the 2014 AGM, including proxy directions to withhold 
votes, are published on the Company’s website.

Accountability
Risk management and internal controls 
The Board has reserved for itself specific responsibility for the formulation  
of the risk management strategy of the Group. A formal process is in place 
which identifies the principal risks attached to the Group’s strategy and 
objectives and root cause for each risk; it confirms the internal controls  
in place to mitigate the risk and any further actions required. The Board 
combines a top-down risk review with a complementary bottom-up 
approach to ensure that risks are fully considered. This process includes  
the identification and assessment of the key sustainability risks facing the 
business, which include environmental, social and governance risks. Internal 
control and risk management processes are embedded in the operations  
of the divisions. A consolidated report of each of the divisional risk reviews 
together with risks identified at Group level are compiled in a Group risk 
register which is reviewed by the Board at least twice yearly. Further details 
of the Group’s approach to risk, including the roles of the Board and the  
audit committee, and the principal risks identified as facing the Group are 
highlighted in the risk review on pages 31 to 43. In addition, the Board 
devotes time during some of the scheduled Board meetings to considering 
specific commercial issues which at the time represent the greatest risks  
to the achievement of the Group’s objectives and the mitigating actions  
in place to address them.

The Board acknowledges that it has overall responsibility for the Group’s 
system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The internal 
control system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure 
to achieve certain business objectives due to circumstances which may 
reasonably be foreseen. It can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. The system of internal 
controls, which includes financial, operational and compliance controls, are 
based on a process of identifying, evaluating and managing risks. It accords 
with the guidance in the Financial Reporting Council’s (‘FRC’) Internal Control 
Revised Guidance for Directors (‘the Guidance’) and was in place for the  
year under review and up to the date of approval of this report.

The key features of the Group’s system of internal control are as follows:

Group structure
The Group’s operating structure comprises five divisions, each with its own 
management board which is given authority and responsibility for managing its 
division within a framework of overarching Group policies, reporting lines and 
detailed delegated authorities, which ensure that decisions and approvals are 
made at the appropriate level. Whilst responsibility for managing each division is 
delegated to the individual divisional management board as far as practicable, 
responsibility for certain of the Group’s key functions, including treasury, 
internal audit, pensions and insurance, is retained at the Company level. 

Financial reporting system
The Board recognises that an essential part of the responsibility for running  
a business is the effective safeguarding of assets, the proper recognition  
of liabilities and the accurate reporting of profits. The Company has in place 
internal control and risk management systems in relation to the Company’s 
financial reporting process and the Group’s process for preparation of 
consolidated accounts. The Group has a comprehensive budgeting and 
forecasting system which is regularly reviewed and updated, together with  
a management reporting system established in each division for monthly 
reporting to the Board. In addition, the internal audit plan for the year will 
include specific financial reviews to validate the integrity of the divisions’ 
management accounts.

Investment and capital expenditure 
There are detailed procedures and defined levels of authority, depending  
on the value and/or nature of the investment or contract, in relation to 
corporate transactions, investment, capital expenditure, significant cost 
commitments and asset disposals. 

Tender, project selection and contract controls
Individual tenders are subject to detailed review with approvals required at 
relevant levels and at various stages from commencement of the bidding 
process through to contract award. As part of this process, the financial 
standing of both clients and key subcontractors is assessed. In addition, 
robust procedures exist to manage the ongoing risks associated with 
contracts with monthly reviews of each contract’s performance.

Working capital 
The Group continually monitors current and forecast cash and working 
capital balances through a regime of daily and monthly reporting.

Health, safety and environmental issues
The Group has well established safety systems designed to minimise the  
risks of health, safety and environmental incidents occurring in relation to the 
Group’s activities, including site visits and regular training and updates. Monthly 
monitoring and reporting to the Board includes a report from the commercial 
director on the Group’s performance in relation to health and safety matters 
and environmental compliance. Further details are included in the risk review  
on pages 34 and 35 and in the sustainability review on pages 44 to 46.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Corporate governance report

54

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Corporate governance report continued

Whistleblowing arrangements
The internal control process is supported by the operation of an external  
call line for raising concerns, which enables the Company’s employees and 
other workers on its sites to report concerns anonymously and in confidence. 
The existence of the external call line is covered with all employees on 
induction and is publicised on the Group’s intranets and on construction site 
notice boards. Reports of such whistleblowing are presented to the audit 
committee at each audit committee meeting, together with the results  
of investigations into such calls and any follow up actions. Any significant 
matter arising from a call would be brought to the attention of the 
committee without delay, although no such matters arose during the year. 

Internal audit 
The Group head of audit and assurance is responsible for managing the 
internal audit function, overseeing the divisional heads of internal audit  
and assisting with risk management practices. An audit plan for each year  
is drawn up following review of the divisional and Group risk registers and 
discussion with management and the audit committee and is approved in 
advance by the audit committee. Internal audit and assurance work carried 
out during the year included operational, project and financial reviews  
across the Group. The results of these reviews were recorded in audit reports 
and presented to the audit committee. The status of agreed management 
actions to address identified operational weaknesses is actively tracked  
until implementation. 

The Group head of audit and assurance reports to the Board monthly  
on a range of performance metrics including the current status of agreed 
audit actions and progress against the annual audit plan. 

The internal audit process is supplemented by a rolling programme of peer 
group reviews within the two largest divisions, which assist in the professional 
development of the individual staff concerned whilst, at the same time, 
providing a mechanism for the cross-fertilisation of ideas and best practice 
throughout each division. These reviews are overseen by the divisional heads 
of internal audit and tracking of agreed management actions is included 
within the overall internal audit process. 

Board review of effectiveness of internal controls
The Board has conducted a review of the effectiveness of the system of 
internal controls for the year ended 31 December 2014 and for the period  
to the date of this report. The process included a formal review conducted  
by the Board of the Group risk register, as well as a review of the results  
of internal audit work and the overall effectiveness of the process.

Nominations committee report

Members

Adrian Martin (chair)
John Morgan
Patrick De Smedt 
Simon Gulliford
Liz Peace
Geraldine Gallacher (until 31 December 2014)

Responsibilities
• to review the structure, size and composition of the Board
• to make recommendations to the Board for any changes considered 

necessary

• to approve the description of the role and capabilities required for  

a particular appointment

• to ensure suitable candidates are identified, having due regard for the 

benefits of diversity on the Board, including gender, and are recommended 
for appointment to the Board.

The terms of reference of the committee are available on the Company’s 
website (www.morgansindall.com) and on request from the company 
secretary at the Company’s registered office.

Activities
The nominations committee met on 6 November 2014 to review the 
structure, size and composition of the Board following Geraldine Gallacher’s 
decision to step down from the Board on 31 December 2014. In particular 
the committee:
• considered the overall structure and balance of the Board, including 

the experience required for a new independent non-executive director 
appointment 

• agreed that the committee would issue a brief and commence the process 

for the selection of a new director in 2015

• considered succession planning generally for the Board.

The Board recognises the importance of diversity in general at Board level 
and this was an area explored as part of the external evaluation conducted 
during the year, including the benefits of a range of skills, industry experience, 
gender, race, disability, age, nationality and other attributes which can 
enhance the contribution of the Board. 

In relation to gender diversity, the Board believes in the benefits of a greater 
female presence on the Board. The Company has had two women on the 
Board almost continuously since 2007 and the female representation on the 
Board during 2014 was 29%, over the 25% minimum representation level  
to be achieved by 2015 as recommended by the Davies Review. Following 
Geraldine Gallacher’s resignation from the Board as at 31 December 2014, 
the female representation on the Board has dropped to 17%. Whilst the 
committee will aspire to maintain a strong female representation on the 
Board, its priority on future recruitment will remain the selection of the  
right talent and skills, irrespective of gender and without resort to quotas. 

The Group’s equality and diversity policy is discussed further in the 
sustainability review on pages 45 and 46.

Board tenure and diversity

Tenure1 %

0–2 years 

3–6 years 

7–10 years 

11 years plus 

29

43

14

14

Male/Female2 %

Male 

Female 

71

29

Executive/Non-executive3 %

Executive 

Non-executive 

29

71

1  As of 1 January 2015, the tenure of the Board is 33%, 50%, 0% and 17% respectively.

2  As of 1 January 2015, the split between males and females is 83% and 17% respectively.

3  As of 1 January 2015, the split between executives and non-executives is 33% and 
  67% respectively.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Corporate governance report

55

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Corporate governance report continued

Audit committee report

Members

Liz Peace (chair)
Patrick De Smedt 
Simon Gulliford 
Geraldine Gallacher (until 31 December 2014) 
Adrian Martin (until 8 May 2014) 

All committee members during the year and up to the date of this report  
are or were independent non-executive directors in accordance with the 
Code. Biographical details of each member of the committee are set out  
on page 49. In particular, Liz Peace has, during her career with the Ministry  
of Defence and in subsequent roles, gained considerable experience in  
the management and accounting for major projects, has served on several  
public sector audit committees and is considered to have recent and  
relevant financial experience for the audit committee of a company in the 
construction and regeneration sector. 

Role
The primary role of the audit committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its 
oversight responsibilities, in particular by reviewing the Company’s financial 
reports and other financial information before publication as well as reviewing 
the accounting and financial reporting processes and the effectiveness of 
both the internal and external auditors.

Responsibilities 
The terms of reference of the committee (available on the Company’s 
website at www.morgansindall.com) sets out its duties, which are: 
• to monitor the integrity of the financial statements and related information 

of the Company and, where practicable, any formal announcements 
relating to the Company’s financial performance, reviewing significant 
financial reporting judgments contained in them

• where requested by the Board, to advise the Board on whether, taken  
as a whole, the view presented in the annual report is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders  
to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy

• to review the Company’s internal financial controls
• to approve the appointment and replacement of the Group head of  

audit and assurance and to monitor and review the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal audit function

• to make recommendations to the Board regarding the appointment, 

reappointment or removal of the external auditor, including consideration 
of putting the external audit out to tender, and to approve the external 
auditor’s remuneration and terms of engagement

• to review and monitor the external auditor’s independence and objectivity 

and the effectiveness of the audit process

• to apply the Board’s policy on the engagement of the external auditor to 

supply non-audit services with the objective of ensuring that the provision 
of such services does not impair its independence or objectivity

• to review the Company’s procedures for detecting fraud and the adequacy 

of its systems and controls for the prevention of bribery
• to review the Company’s procedures for raising concerns.

Activities
The committee held three scheduled meetings during the year. Senior 
representatives from the external auditor, the finance director and the Group 
head of audit and assurance attended each of these meetings and part of 
each meeting was reserved for a private discussion with the external auditor 
without management present. The chair of the audit committee met with 
the finance director and the external audit partner individually during the 
year. The committee’s authorities and calendar of work remain in line with  
the requirements of the Code and the Guidance.

The main activities of the committee during the year have included:
• review of the half- and full-year results
• review of the significant management judgments reflected in the results 

including the contracts in Construction & Infrastructure that were affected 
by timetable slippages and increased costs

• discussion with the external auditor over its audit plans and reports
• assessment of the Company’s internal financial controls
• review of internal audit reports and of the effectiveness of the internal 

audit function

• consideration of the external audit effectiveness, independence and 

reappointment

• review of fraud and bribery prevention measures and matters arising from 

the raising concerns line

• review of the Group’s risk register and principal risks at both the July and 

December audit committee meetings

• reporting to the Board on its proceedings and findings.

Internal audit
The committee has oversight of the internal audit function and reviews  
and approves the annual audit plan. The Group head of audit and assurance 
attends all the scheduled audit committee meetings, at which he presents 
the results of reviews carried out by internal audit, management’s response 
to the reports, any key trends emerging during the year and any other 
matters he wishes to bring to the attention of the committee. He meets 
separately with the chair of the committee at least twice a year and has 
direct access whenever required. Further details of the internal audit function 
are set out on page 55.

Significant issues
In carrying out its duties, the committee is required to assess whether suitable 
accounting policies have been adopted and to challenge the robustness  
of significant management judgments reflected in the financial results.  
This process involves reviewing relevant papers prepared by management  
in support of the policies adopted and judgments made. 

These papers are discussed with management, the external auditor and, 
where appropriate, the group head of audit and assurance. In addition,  
the committee reviews the year-end report to the audit committee from  
the external auditor based upon its work performed and findings from  
the annual audit. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Corporate governance report

56

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Corporate governance report continued

The significant accounting issues considered by the committee during the 
year were areas where management are required to use significant judgment. 
These issues are listed below: 

Contract receivables and payables
The recognition of revenue and margin on long-term contracts in the 
financial statements, and the associated contract receivables and payables, 
requires management to exercise considerable judgment. In addition to 
updates on the key contract issues at monthly Board meetings, at which 
management identify any significant differences in contract valuations  
that exist with either client or supplier, the committee has reviewed the 
status of these key contract issues at each audit committee meeting. 

Impairment of goodwill
The value of goodwill is supported by a value in use model prepared  
by management. This is based on cash flows extracted from the  
Group’s budget and strategic plan, which have both been approved by  
the Board. The committee has reviewed the model and assessed the 
assumptions used by management in discussion with management  
and the external auditor.

Segmental analysis
The Group has reorganised parts of its business and introduced new 
reporting lines directly to the chief executive. The committee has reviewed 
management’s assessment of the impact of these changes on the Group’s 
reportable segments.

Valuation of shared equity receivables
The valuation of shared equity receivables is reliant upon the assumptions 
made by management and the accompanying valuation model. Key 
assumptions include the discount rate, redemption rates and house  
price inflation. The committee has reviewed the papers supporting the 
assumptions.

Going concern
The committee reviewed papers supporting the going concern assessment 
which was compiled based on the latest management forecasts. In addition  
a number of sensitivities were considered to determine the effect on 
headroom against the Group’s committed facilities. The review covers an 
18-month period from the 31 December 2014 balance sheet date.

The committee has additionally discussed each issue with the external 
auditor and sought its opinion based upon the work they have performed 
during the audit. Based upon its review and discussions with both 
management and the Group’s external and internal auditors, the committee 
is satisfied that, after raising appropriate challenge, the judgments outlined 
above are reasonable and that the appropriate disclosures have been  
included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

External auditor
To fulfil its obligations, the committee reviewed the external auditor’s 
presentation of its policies and safeguards to ensure its continued 
independence within the meaning of all regulatory and professional 
requirements and to ensure that the objectivity of the audit engagement 
partner and audit staff had not been impaired. Those policies and safeguards, 
together with the Company’s own policy on engaging the external auditor  
for non-audit work, enabled the committee to confirm that it was  
satisfied with Deloitte LLP’s continued independence and objectivity.

External audit process
As part of its responsibility for assessing the effectiveness of the external 
audit, the committee discussed the external audit plan at the audit 
committee meeting held in July and reviewed progress with the audit  
plan at the meeting held in December, noting at that time the significant 
issues being addressed by the external auditor. At the meeting prior to the 
announcement of the preliminary results, the committee reviewed the 
external auditor’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and the major issues 
highlighted as part of the external audit. In addition, the committee 
commissioned an internal evaluation on the external audit process, through  
a questionnaire compiled with the assistance of the Group head of audit  
and assurance and completed by selected senior members of the Company’s 
and the divisions’ finance teams. The feedback from the questionnaire,  
which covered matters including the quality of the process, the sufficiency  
of resources employed by the external auditor, its communication skills and 
its objectivity and independence, was then reviewed by the committee  
as part of its assessment of the external auditor’s effectiveness.

Policy on the auditor providing non-audit services 
The Company’s policy on the engagement of the external auditor for 
non-audit related services is designed to ensure that the provision of such 
services does not impair the external auditor’s independence or objectivity. 
Certain categories of services are excluded entirely from the external auditor, 
in particular those which would be subject to direct review by the audit  
firm as part of the statutory audit or which could involve the external auditor  
in managerial decisions or judgments. Other categories, such as audit-related 
services or work which, because of the auditor’s existing knowledge of the 
Group’s business could be more effectively carried out by it, may, if not on 
the list of prohibited services, be carried out by the external auditor subject 
to the advance approval of the finance director or, if the fees for such 
services exceed an absolute limit or a specified proportion of the audit fee, 
the advance approval of the audit committee. No non-audit services  
to the Company provided by Deloitte LLP in 2014 required the approval  
of the committee. The fees for non-audit services during the year are set  
out in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements on page 92. These 
represented 7% of the audit fee and comprised primarily other assurance 
services. The committee has reviewed the nature of the work and level  
of fees for these services and concluded that they have not affected  
Deloitte LLP’s objectivity or independence.

Reappointment of external auditor
Deloitte LLP has been the Company’s auditor since the Group was 
established from the reverse takeover of William Sindall plc in 1994 and  
the audit has not been put out for tender since that time. There are no 
contractual obligations which restrict the committee’s choice of external 
auditor. The committee has noted the changes to the Code for FTSE 350 
companies, the recent findings of the Competition Commission and the  
FRC’s Guidance for audit committees relating to the tendering of the  
external audit contract every ten years. Whilst not subject to the provisions 
of the Code relating to FTSE 350 companies, the committee is keeping  
under consideration the timing of a formal tender, having regard to the 
regulatory requirements including the European Union audit legislation  
and to the timing of the rotation of the current audit engagement partner.  
Having regard to the considerations referred to above, the committee has 
satisfied itself that Deloitte LLP, the external auditor, remains independent 
and effective. The committee has recommended to the Board that  
Deloitte LLP be reappointed.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Corporate governance report

57

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report

Annual statement

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to introduce our directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2014. The report is split into three sections, namely: (i) this 
annual statement; (ii) the remuneration policy (which sets out the shareholder approved directors’ remuneration policy, including a number of changes we are 
planning to make, as explained below); and (iii) the annual report on remuneration (explaining payments made in the year under review and how the policy will 
be operated for 2015). At the forthcoming AGM on 7 May 2015, the remuneration policy report will be subject to a binding vote and the annual remuneration 
report will be subject to an advisory vote by shareholders.

Review of remuneration for 2014
Conditions have remained challenging throughout 2014 across most of our markets, with margins restrained by competitive pressures and upward pressure on 
supply chain costs. In addition the Group’s results have been adversely impacted by a small number of construction contracts in Construction & Infrastructure, 
which was announced in October. As a result the profit for the year fell short of the threshold profit before tax and amortisation (‘PBTA’) target in respect of the 
financial element of the executive directors’ annual bonus resulting in no bonus award for 2014. Further, the long-term incentive awards granted in 2012 based 
on a three-year performance period ending 31 December 2014 failed to vest, with performance against earnings per share and relative total shareholder return 
targets falling below the threshold targets.

Remuneration arrangements for 2015
Following a review of the Group’s long-term strategy, which aims to deliver a significant increase in profit over the next five years by a step change in driving 
efficiencies to improve net margin, improved project management and a significant investment in people to ensure the Group has the right talent, the 
remuneration committee has reviewed the remuneration policy to ensure it remains fit for purpose.

Following this review, the committee was satisfied with respect to the structure and quantum of fixed and short-term incentive pay. Therefore, consistent  
with the general workforce increase, the base salary increases for John Morgan and Steve Crummett were limited to 3%, no changes were made to benefit  
or pension provision and the quantum and structure of the annual bonus for 2015, which is 100% based on challenging financial targets, is broadly similar  
to that operated for 2014.

However, the committee has decided to make a change to the Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) policy for 2015 onwards. When we sought shareholder 
approval for the LTIP last year, we set the maximum individual limit in the plan rules at 150% of base salary (with no exceptional award limit) albeit we decided  
to limit the initial 2014 award to 100% of salary (only using the 150% of base salary in exceptional circumstances) and review the policy towards the end  
of 2014. Following this review and after discussions with major shareholders, the committee has decided to increase the normal annual award level to 150%  
of base salary from 2015 onwards with no exceptional award limit. Rather than the current 50% EPS, 50% relative TSR performance targets, the committee 
wishes to incentivise the additional 50% of base salary based on challenging EPS growth targets over and above the normal award. These ‘Stretch EPS targets’ 
will be significantly above forecast EPS for 2017. In addition, the ‘Core EPS targets’ will be made more challenging and the percentage of salary available for 
achieving the top end of the Core EPS targets will be reduced. The TSR performance condition will be unchanged, requiring our TSR performance to be between 
median and second place of a peer-based comparator group of eight companies. In addition to amending the LTIP normal grant limit, the committee will:
• increase the shareholding guideline from 100% to 200% of base salary for executive directors from the 2015 AGM onwards (as per emerging best 

practice); and

• expand the clawback triggers and extend the period over which amounts may be clawed back. From 2015 onwards, consistent with best practice,  

the clawback triggers will be extended to include misstatement, calculation errors and where an employee has (or would have) been dismissed for gross 
misconduct. In addition, the clawback period will be extended from one to three years.

No other changes have been made to the remuneration policy as approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Alignment and dialogue with shareholders
While the committee was delighted with the support received from shareholders in respect of last year’s remuneration report and remuneration policy, the 
committee remains mindful of our shareholders’ views and concerns. As such, we consulted with our major shareholders and representative bodies at the end 
of 2014/early 2015 in respect of the proposed revised LTIP policy and the response was encouraging. We hope to continue to receive your support at the 
forthcoming AGM.

Patrick De Smedt
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
19 February 2015

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

58

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration policy report 

The key aim of the remuneration policy is to align the interests of the executive directors with those of shareholders by supporting delivery of the Group’s 
strategy. In setting the remuneration policy, the committee takes into consideration amongst other matters, investor guidelines and the maximum amount  
of remuneration that each executive director could receive should all targets be met. Each of the key elements of the remuneration package is designed  
to drive the creation of long-term shareholder value, without encouraging the executive directors to take inappropriate risks. The policy report will be put  
to a binding shareholder vote at the 2015 AGM and the policy will, subject to approval, take formal effect from that date.

Remuneration policy table

Element

Base salary

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Set to attract, retain  
and motivate talented 
individuals.

Benefits

To provide a market-
competitive level  
of benefits.

Pension

To provide a pension 
arrangement to  
contribute towards 
retirement planning.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

Reviewed annually by the 
committee or, if appropriate, in the 
event of a change in an individual’s 
position or responsibilities

Salary levels are set by reference  
to market rates, taking into 
account individual performance, 
experience, company performance 
and the pay and conditions of  
other senior management in the 
Group and of the workforce 
generally. The committee may  
on occasion recognise an  
increase in circumstances such  
as assumed additional responsibility 
or an increase in the scale or  
scope of the role.

Current benefits include travel 
allowance, private medical 
insurance, income protection 
insurance and life assurance.  
Other benefits may be  
provided where appropriate.

The Company will contribute to  
the defined contribution pension 
scheme, The Morgan Sindall 
Retirement Benefits Plan (‘the 
Retirement Plan’) or to personal 
pension arrangements at the 
request of the individual

The Company may also consider  
a cash alternative (e.g. where  
a director has reached HMRC’s 
lifetime or annual allowance limit).

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual increase

Current salary levels are 
presented on page 65.

N/A

N/A

Travel allowance of £20,000. 
The value of other benefits  
is based on the cost to the 
Company and is not pre-
determined. 

Employer contributions are 
10% of base salary

N/A

Directors who are members  
of the Retirement Plan  
may elect to exchange part  
of their salary or bonus  
award in return for pension 
contributions, where the 
Company will enhance the 
additional contributions  
by half of the saved  
employer’s National Insurance 
Contribution (‘NIC’).

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

59

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Element

Annual bonus

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Rewarding the achievement 
of demanding annual 
performance metrics. 

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

Maximum opportunity  
of 100% of base salary.

Normally payable in cash 

Performance targets are reviewed 
annually by the committee 

The committee has discretion to  
(i) override the formulaic outturn 
of the bonus to determine the 
appropriate level of bonus payable 
where it believes the outcome is 
not truly reflective of performance 
and to ensure fairness to both 
shareholders and participants;  
and/or (ii) require some or all of  
the annual bonus to be deferred  
into shares 

Clawback provisions apply for 
overpayments due to material 
misstatement, error or gross 
misconduct. The period over  
which amounts may be clawed 
back is three years.

All or a majority of  
the bonus will be based  
on PBTA, set relative  
to the Group’s budget

A minority of the bonus 
may be based on 
non-financial, strategic 
and/or personal objectives 
to provide a rounded 
assessment of Group  
and management’s 
performance

The PBTA targets 
incorporate an appropriate 
sliding scale range around 
a challenging target. 

The awards are subject  
to performance conditions 
based on the Company’s 
EPS and on relative TSR 
compared to a group  
of UK-listed peers 

For both the EPS and  
TSR conditions, no more 
than 25% of the awards 
will vest for achieving 
threshold performance, 
increasing to 100% 
vesting for achievement 
of stretching performance 
targets.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

2014 LTIP

To balance performance pay 
between the achievement of 
financial performance 
objectives and delivering 
sustainable stock market 
out-performance

Annual awards of conditional 
shares or nil (or nominal) cost 
options with vesting dependent  
on the achievement of 
performance conditions over  
a three-year period

150% of base salary. 

To encourage share 
ownership and provide 
further alignment with the 
interests of shareholders. 

All employee 
sharesave plan

To encourage share 
ownership and provide 
further alignment with 
shareholders. 

Performance targets are reviewed 
annually by the committee for  
each new award

Dividends that accrue during  
the vesting period may, at the 
committee’s discretion, be paid  
in cash or shares at the time of 
vesting. The calculation of the 
dividend equivalent may assume 
the reinvestment of dividends

Clawback provisions apply for 
overpayments due to material 
misstatement, error or gross 
misconduct. The period over  
which amounts may be clawed 
back is three years.

HMRC approved plan under which 
regular monthly savings are made 
over a period of three years and 
can be used to fund the exercise  
of an option to purchase shares  
at a discount of up to 20%  
of the market price at grant.

As per prevailing HMRC limits.

N/A

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

60

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Element

Non-executive 
directors' fees

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Set to attract, retain  
and motivate talented 
individuals. 

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

As for the executive directors, 
there is no prescribed 
maximum annual increase. 

N/A

Fees are paid in cash

Additional fees may be paid to  
the chairs of the committees and 
the senior independent director  
to reflect their additional 
responsibilities

The committee is guided by fee 
levels in the non-executive director 
market and may recognise an 
increase in certain circumstances 
such as assumed additional 
responsibility or an increase in the 
scale or scope of the role

Normally reviewed on an  
annual basis. 

A description of how the Company intends to implement the above policy for 2015 is set out in the annual report on remuneration.

The annual bonus performance measures are all or predominantly focused on PBTA as this is the key measure of how successful the Group is in managing  
its operations. Any element based on non-financial targets would be determined on how well the executive directors perform against annual non-financial, 
strategic and/or personal targets, set to ensure that they are linked to the strategic objectives of the Group. 

The long-term incentive performance measures, EPS and TSR, reward long-term financial growth and significant long-term returns to shareholders. Targets 
take account of internal strategic planning and external market expectations for the Group and are set appropriate to the economic outlook and risk factors 
prevailing at the time, ensuring that such targets remain challenging in the circumstances, whilst remaining realistic enough to motivate and incentivise 
management. The TSR performance condition is monitored on the committee’s behalf by New Bridge Street, whilst EPS is derived from the Group’s audited 
financial statements.

Employees across the Group below Board level may be eligible to participate in an annual bonus arrangement. Long-term incentive awards and/or 
discretionary share options may be awarded to certain other senior executives, for which the maximum opportunity and the performance conditions may 
vary by organisational level. All employees are eligible to participate in The Morgan Sindall Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘the SAYE Scheme’).

The committee will operate the incentive plans in accordance with their respective rules, the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’)  
and HMRC rules where relevant. The committee, consistent with market practice, retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and 
administration of certain plan rules. These include (but are not limited to) the following:
• who participates
• the timing of the grant of award and/or payment
• the size of an award (up to plan/policy limits) and/or a payment 
• the result indicated by the relative TSR performance condition may be scaled back (potentially to zero) in the event that the committee considers that 
financial performance has been unsatisfactory and/or the outcome has been distorted due to the TSR for the Company or any comparator company  
being considered abnormal

• discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction
• determination of a good leaver (in addition to any specified categories) for incentive plan purposes
• discretion to pay or award shares to the value of dividends accrued during the vesting period
• adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring and special dividends)
• the ability to adjust existing performance conditions for exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their original purpose.

For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this directors’ remuneration policy report, authority is given to the Company to honour any commitments entered 
into with current or former directors (such as, the payment of a pension or the vesting or exercise of past share awards).

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

61

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

The committee considers pay and employment conditions of employees elsewhere in the Group when determining executive directors’ 
remuneration
The committee takes account of remuneration levels offered to other senior executives within the Group as well as pay awards affecting Group employees 
generally when considering policy in relation to executive directors. When considering the executive directors’ remuneration structure and levels for 2015,  
the committee reviewed the salaries and proposed incentive arrangements for the senior executives in the divisions to ensure that there was a coherent 
approach. The committee does not formally consult with employees in respect of the design of the Company’s executive directors’ remuneration policy, 
although the committee will keep this under review. 

The committee considers shareholder views when determining executive directors’ remuneration
The Company is committed to maintaining good communications with investors. The committee considers the AGM to be an opportunity to meet and 
communicate with investors and considers shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM each year. This feedback, together with any additional 
feedback received from time to time, is considered as part of the Company’s annual review of remuneration policy. The committee will also seek to engage 
directly with major shareholders and representative bodies should any material changes be made to the directors’ remuneration policy. Major shareholders  
and representative bodies were consulted at the end of 2013 in respect of the replacement share plans and again at the end of 2014/beginning of 2015  
in respect of the revised LTIP policy. Details of the votes cast for and against the resolution to approve last year’s remuneration report are set out in the  
annual report on remuneration.

Remuneration scenarios for the executive directors
The charts below show, for illustrative purposes only, an estimate of the potential future remuneration payable for the executive directors under the policy  
at different levels of performance. The charts highlight that the performance-related elements of the package comprise a significant portion of the executive 
directors’ total remuneration at on-target and maximum performance.

Chief Executive £000
Chief Executive £000

Finance Director £000
Finance Director £000

31%
31%

28%
28%

41%
41%

31%
31%

28%
28%

41%
41%

Maximum
Maximum

£1,686,708
£1,686,708

Maximum
Maximum

£1,273,233
£1,273,233

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

54%
54%

23% 23%
23% 23%

54%
54%

23% 23%
23% 23%

On-target
On-target

£993,080
£993,080

On-target
On-target

£750,636
£750,636

100%
100%

100%
100%

Minimum
Minimum

£530,661
£530,661

Minimum
Minimum

£402,238
£402,238

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

£0
£0

£250
£250

£500
£500

£750
£750

£1,000
£1,000

£1,250 £1,500 £1,750
£1,250 £1,500 £1,750

£2,000
£2,000

£0
£0

£250
£250

£500
£500

£750 £1,000 £1,250 £1,500 £1,750 £2,000
£750 £1,000 £1,250 £1,500 £1,750 £2,000

Total fixed pay
Total fixed pay

Annual bonus
Annual bonus

Long Term Incentive Plan
Long Term Incentive Plan

Total fixed pay
Total fixed pay

Annual bonus
Annual bonus

Long Term Incentive Plan
Long Term Incentive Plan

• Base salary levels applying on 1 January 2015
• The value of benefits has been estimated
• The value of pension receivable is the equivalent of 10% of base salary 
•  Minimum performance assumes no award is earned under the annual bonus plan and no vesting is achieved under the LTIP, on-target performance 
assumes, for simplicity, 50% is earned under the annual bonus plan and 50% is achieved under the LTIP whereas maximum performance assumes  
full vesting under both plans (100% of salary under the annual bonus plan and 150% of base salary under the LTIP)

• Share price movement and dividend accrual have been excluded from the above analysis.

Directors’ recruitment and promotions
The committee takes into account the need to attract, retain and motivate the best person for each position, without paying more than is necessary.

For external appointments, the committee would seek to align the remuneration package with the remuneration policy as approved by shareholders, including 
the maximum limit for the annual bonus of 100% of salary and a maximum LTIP award of up to 150% of base salary. The committee may also make awards or 
payments in respect of deferred remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. The committee will look to replicate the arrangements 
being forfeited as closely as possible. In doing so, the committee will take account of relevant factors including the value of deferred remuneration, the 
currency (i.e. cash or shares), performance conditions and the time over which they would have vested or been paid.

For an internal appointment, any incentive amount awarded in respect of a prior role may be allowed to vest on its original terms, or adjusted as relevant  
to take into account the appointment. Any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may continue.

The initial notice period for a service contract may be longer than the policy of a 12-month notice period, provided it reduces to 12 months within a short 
space of time.

The committee may also agree that the Company will meet certain relocation and/or incidental expenses as appropriate.

For the appointment of a new non-executive director, the fee arrangement would be set in accordance with the approved remuneration policy at that time.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

62

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ service contracts and payments for loss of office 
All executive directors’ service agreements are terminable on 12 months’ notice. In circumstances of termination on notice, the committee will determine  
an equitable compensation package, having regard to the particular circumstances of the case. The committee has discretion to require notice to be worked 
or to make payment in lieu of notice or to place the director on garden leave for the notice period. 

In cases of payment in lieu or garden leave, base salary, employer pension contributions and employee benefits will be paid for the period of notice served  
on garden leave or paid in lieu. The remuneration committee will endeavour to make payments in phased instalments and to apply mitigation in the case  
of offsetting payments against earnings elsewhere. 

The annual bonus may be payable in respect of the period of the bonus scheme year worked by the director; there is no provision for an amount in lieu  
of bonus to be payable for any part of the notice period not worked. The bonus would be payable at the normal date.

Long-term incentives granted under the LTIP will be determined by the LTIP rules which contain discretionary good leaver provisions for designated reasons 
(i.e. participants who leave early on account of injury, disability, death, a sale of their employer or business in which they were employed, statutory redundancy, 
retirement or any other reason at the discretion of the committee). In these circumstances a participant’s awards will not be forfeited on cessation of 
employment and instead will vest on the normal vesting date. In exceptional circumstances, the committee may decide that the participant’s awards will  
vest early on the date of cessation of employment. In either case, the extent to which the awards will vest depends on the extent to which the performance 
conditions have been satisfied and a pro rata reduction of the awards will be applied by reference to the time of cessation (although the committee has 
discretion to disapply time pro rating if the circumstances warrant it).

In respect of legacy awards outstanding under The Morgan Sindall Executive Remuneration Plan 2005 (‘ERP 2005’), the awards will be determined by the 
ERP 2005 rules which contain discretionary good leaver provisions for designated reasons (i.e. participants who leave early on account of injury, disability,  
a sale of their employer or business in which they were employed, statutory redundancy, retirement or any other reason at the discretion of the committee). 
In these circumstances a participant’s awards will not be forfeited on cessation of employment and instead will vest either on the normal vesting date or on 
cessation of employment, at the discretion of the committee, subject to the performance conditions. The awards will, unless the committee in its discretion 
decides otherwise, be scaled back pro rata to reflect the reduced period. In the case of death of the participant, the award will vest at that time and the 
performance conditions will be deemed to be satisfied. The award will not be time pro rated. 

The service agreements do not contain specific provisions for enhanced payments in the event of a change of control of the Company.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

The dates of the executive directors’ contracts who served during the year are:

John Morgan 
Steve Crummett 

Service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. 

20 February 2012 
25 February 2013

Non-executive directors’ terms of engagement
All non-executive directors have specific terms of engagement being an initial period of three years which thereafter may be extended by mutual consent, 
subject to the requirements for re-election and the Listing Rules of the FCA and the relevant schedules of the Act. 

Patrick De Smedt  
Adrian Martin 
Simon Gulliford 
Liz Peace  
Geraldine Gallacher1 

Appointment 
letter date 

Month initial three-year  
term was extended

26 November 2009 
28 November 2008 
24 February 2010 
5 November 2012 
16 August 2007 

November 2012 
November 2011 
February 2013 
– 
August 2010

1  Geraldine Gallacher stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2014.

All of the above non-executive directors (except Geraldine Gallacher) are subject to annual re-election by shareholders.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration 

The information provided in this part of the directors’ remuneration report which is subject to audit has been highlighted.

Remuneration committee

Members

Patrick De Smedt (chair)
Liz Peace 
Simon Gulliford (from 1 December 2014)
Geraldine Gallacher (until 31 December 2014)

All members are independent. 

Responsibilities of the committee
The committee is responsible for determining and agreeing with the Board the broad policy for the remuneration of the executive directors and it sets  
their salaries and remuneration packages. In addition, the committee monitors the structure and level of remuneration for other senior executives in the 
Group and is aware of pay and conditions in the workforce generally. The terms of reference of the committee are available on the Company’s website 
(www.morgansindall.com).

Activities of the committee
The committee met on five occasions during the year and attendance at meetings is disclosed in the corporate governance report on page 53. The meetings 
covered the normal business of confirming performance-related pay for the year ended 31 December 2014 and setting bonus and long-term incentive 
targets for 2014, and the proposed revisions to the remuneration policy. Additional consultation between committee members and between the chair of  
the committee and the chief executive took place outside of formal meetings. 

External advice received
During the year, the committee received independent advice from New Bridge Street, part of Aon plc, in relation to its consideration of the structure of the 
executive directors’ remuneration for 2014 and 2015 and other matters considered by the committee during the year. The committee also consulted the 
chief executive but not in relation to his own remuneration. New Bridge Street also provided advice to the Company on accounting for share awards and the 
operation of the Company’s share option schemes but provided no other material services to the Company or the Group, although another part of the Aon plc 
group has provided some limited broking services to associated companies in the Group. The committee is comfortable that these services do not prejudice 
New Bridge Street’s position as an independent adviser to the committee.

The fees paid by the Company to New Bridge Street during the financial year for advice to the committee were £75,315, of which £34,900 related to the 
advice to the Company referred to above. 

New Bridge Street is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct which requires its advice to be objective and impartial.

Shareholder voting at AGM
At last year’s AGM held on 8 May 2014, the directors’ remuneration policy and the directors’ remuneration report (excluding the remuneration policy)  
for the year ended 31 December 2013 received the following votes from shareholders:

For 

Against 

Total votes cast 
(for and against) 

Votes withheld¹ 

Total votes cast 
(including withheld votes) 

Directors’ remuneration policy 

Annual statement and 
annual report on remuneration 

Total 
number 
of votes 

% 
of votes 
cast 

Total 
number 
of votes 

% 
of votes 
cast  

Approval of 2014 
LTIP 

Total 
number 
of votes 

% 
of votes 
cast 

Approval of the 2014 
Share Option Plan

Total 
number 
of votes 

% 
of votes 
cast

32,042,366 

99.93 

32,686,427 

99.95 

31,731,857 

98.5 

32,189,558 

99.92

22,315 

0.07 

16,114 

0.05 

483,597 

1.5 

25,896  

0.08

32,064,681 

100 

32,702,541 

100 

32,215,454 

100 

32,215,454  

100

717,459 

79,600 

566,687 

566,687 

32,782,140 

32,782,141 

32,782,141 

32,782,141 

1  A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast ‘For’ and ‘Against’ a resolution.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for 2015

Base salaries
In setting the 2015 base salaries, the committee considered the budgeted level of increases in base salary for senior executives below Board level and the 
workforce generally, which averaged 3%, and determined that the executive directors should receive the same increase. Accordingly, annual base salaries  
for the executive directors for 2015 will be as follows:

John Morgan 
Steve Crummett 

  From 1 January 
2015 
£ 

  462,419 
  348,398 

From 1 January 
2014 
£  

448,950 
338,250 

Increase

3% 
3%

Pension arrangements
The Company will contribute the equivalent of 10% of base salary, in the case of Steve Crummett, to the Retirement Plan and, in the case of John Morgan,  
to his individual personal pension plan and/or as a cash supplement.

Steve Crummett participates in the Company’s salary exchange process, which allows all employees who are members of the Retirement Plan the flexibility  
to exchange part of their gross salary and bonus awards in return for pension contributions. Where additional pension contributions are made through the 
salary exchange process, the Company enhances the contributions by half of the saved employer’s NIC. 

Annual bonus
The maximum annual bonus potential for 2015 will remain at 100% of base salary. To ensure that management is focused on the financial performance  
of the Company in 2015, 100% of the bonus will be based on a PBTA target range set in relation to the Group’s budget. 

The committee has chosen not to disclose the targets in advance for the forthcoming year as these are set in relation to the Group’s budget, which 
is considered commercially sensitive. Retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance against them will be disclosed in next year’s annual 
remuneration report.

The annual bonus will be subject to clawback provisions. 

Long-term incentives
The committee intends to make awards to the executive directors under the 2014 LTIP.

As detailed above and following an extensive investor consultation exercise, the awards to be granted in 2015 will be set at 150% of base salary. To enable 
awards to be made at the same time as other employees being granted share awards under the 2014 LTIP and share options under The Morgan Sindall  
2014 Share Option Plan (‘2014 SOP’), the exceptional limit of 150% of salary will be relied upon for the 2015 awards in advance of shareholders being  
asked to approve the revised remuneration policy at the AGM on 7 May 2015. If shareholder approval is not obtained at the 2015 AGM, the additional  
50% of salary award will fall away. Two thirds of awards (100% of salary) will be based on an EPS performance target and the remaining one third of awards  
(50% of salary) will, consistent with prior years, be based on a condition measuring the Company’s TSR compared with eight of its UK-listed peers, over  
a three-year period.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

EPS performance condition
The vesting range for the EPS targets is shown graphically below: 

100%

75%

50%

25%

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
d
r
a
w
a
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
e
S
P
E
f
o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

l

l

)
y
r
a
a
s
f
o
%
0
0
1
(

0%

0%

100% vesting above RPI +18% p.a.

40% vesting at RPI +12% p.a.

12.5% vesting at RPI +4% p.a.

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

8%

9%

10%

11%

12%

13%

14%

15%

16% 17% 18% 19% 20%

2017 EPS + RPI % p.a.

TSR performance condition (one third of the awards)
The TSR comparator group comprises Balfour Beatty plc, Carillion plc, Costain Group plc, Galliford Try plc, ISG plc, Interserve Plc, Keller Group plc and  
Kier Group plc.

The target range for the TSR performance condition is shown graphically below: 

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
d
r
a
w
a
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
e
R
S
T
f
o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

l

l

)
y
r
a
a
s
f
o
%
0
5
(

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

100% vesting if TSR equals 2nd position or better 

70% vesting if TSR equals 3rd position

40% vesting if TSR equals 4th position

25% vesting at Median

No vesting below Median

Median

2nd

Morgan Sindall Group plc’s TSR position relative to the comparator group

For this purpose, median of the TSR comparator group is defined as the TSR value halfway between the comparator companies ranked fourth and fifth. 

In addition to the vesting being determined by the stepped scale of TSR performance shown above, there are two additional conditions governing the level  
of vesting. Specifically, the result indicated by the TSR performance condition may be scaled back (potentially to zero) in the event that the committee 
considers that:
• financial performance has been unsatisfactory; and/or 
• the outcome has been distorted due to the TSR for the Company or any comparator company being considered abnormal.

The LTIP awards will be subject to clawback provisions.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Fees for the non-executive directors
The chairman’s fee is determined by the committee while the non-executive directors’ remuneration is determined by the Board (excluding non-executive 
directors) within the limits set by the Articles and is based on market data, together with external advice as appropriate. Fees were increased by 3% for 2015. 
The additional fees for committee chairs remain unchanged. Accordingly the annual fees are as follows: 

Chairman 
Base fee 
Additional fees: 
  Audit committee chair 
  Remuneration committee chair 

2015 
£ 

2014 
£ 

Increase

  139,050 
43,497 

135,000 
42,230 

7,500 
6,000 

7,500 
6,000 

3% 
3% 

– 
–

Non-executive directors receive no other benefits and do not participate in short-term or long-term incentive schemes.

Fees receivable by the executive directors serving on other boards
At the discretion of the Board, executive directors are allowed to act as non-executive directors of other companies and retain any fees relating to those posts. 
Steve Crummett is a non-executive director and chair of the audit committee at Consort Medical plc, for which he receives a fee of £46,000 per annum. 

Dilution and share usage under employee share plans
Shares required for The Morgan Sindall Employee Share Option Plan 2007 (‘ESOP 2007’) are satisfied by shares purchased in the market via The Morgan 
Sindall Employee Benefit Trust (‘the Trust’) and shares for the Company’s other share plans may be satisfied using either new issue shares or market 
purchased shares although the Company’s present intention is to use market purchase shares to satisfy these awards. However, it retains the ability to use 
new issue shares instead and may decide to do so up to the dilution limits recommended by the Investment Association (10% of issued ordinary share  
capital for all employee share plans over a 10-year period and, within this limit, no more than 5% of issued ordinary share capital for executive or discretionary 
share plans). The outstanding level of dilution against these limits equates to 3.58% of the current issued ordinary share capital under all employee share  
plans, of which 0% relates to discretionary share plans. 

Separately, the Trust currently holds 545,767 shares which may be used to satisfy awards.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration (audited)

Executive directors

John Morgan 

Steve Crummett 
(appointed 25 February 2013) 

Non-executive directors

Adrian Martin 

Patrick De Smedt 

Simon Gulliford 

Liz Peace 

Geraldine Gallacher4 

Former directors

David Mulligan 
(resigned 10 April 2013) 

Paul Whitmore 
(resigned 31 December 2013) 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

Fees/ 
basic  
salary 
£000 

449 
438 

338 
280 

135 
135 

48 
47 

42 
41 

50 
46 

42 
41 

– 
88 

– 
319 

Benefits1 
£000 

Pension 
contributions 
£000 

Annual 
cash 
bonuses2 
£000 

Value of 
long-term 
incentives3 
£000 

Employment 
termination 
payments 
£000 

Total 
remuneration 
 £000

22 
22 

19 
18 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
6 

– 
20 

45 
47 

34 
28 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
10 

– 
34 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
315 

– 
373 

516 
507

391 
326

135 
135

48 
47

42 
41

50 
46

42 
41

– 
419 

– 
746

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

1  Benefits for the executive directors comprise a travel allowance, private medical insurance, income protection insurance and life assurance. 

2  No annual bonus payments were made to executive directors during the year. 

The table below shows performance against PBTA targets for 2014 representing 100% of the bonus potential: 

Performance condition 

Adjusted Group PBTA for the year ended 31 December 2014 

Threshold  
target  
£m 

32.0 

50% 
target 
£m 

34.0 

Maximum 
target 
£m 

Actual 
performance 
£m  

Percentage 
of salary 

38.1 

25.2 

0%

3   Based on awards granted in 2012 under the ERP 2005, which were due to vest on 21 May 2015 subject to EPS and relative TSR performance for the year ended 31 December 2014.  

As set out in the table below, the Company did not meet the threshold targets resulting in no share awards vesting:

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Performance condition 

Adjusted EPS 
Relative TSR 

Total vesting 

4  Geraldine Gallacher stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2014.

Threshold  
target  

80.0p 
Median 

50% 
target 

91.9p 
N/A 

Maximum 
target 

Actual 
performance 

% 
vesting

106.0p 

47.4p 
2nd position  Below median 

Nil 
Nil

Nil

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Share awards granted during the year (audited)

Type of  
award 

LTIP 

LTIP 

Date of 
grant 

19 May 
2014 

19 May 
2014 

Basis 
of award 
granted 

100% of 
salary 

100% of 
salary 

Share 
price at 
date of 
grant 

Number 
of shares 
over which 
award was 
granted 

Face value 
of award* 
£ 

£7.95 

55,687  £442,712 

% 
vesting at 
threshold 

25% 

£7.95 

41,956  £333,550 

25% 

Performance 
period

Three financial 
years to  
31 December 
2016 

John Morgan 

Steve Crummett  

 *Based on the closing share price at 19 May 2014.

Directors’ interests in shares (audited)
Through participation in performance-linked share-based plans, there is strong encouragement for senior executives to build and maintain a significant 
shareholding in the business.

The committee has adopted a formal policy requiring the executive directors to build and maintain a shareholding in the Company equivalent to 200%  
of base salary (increased in line with best practice from 100% of salary from the 2015 AGM). Until such time as this threshold is achieved there is a 
requirement for executives to retain no less than 50% of the net of tax value of vested incentive awards. John Morgan’s holding is well in excess of this 
requirement; Steve Crummett, who joined the Board in February 2013, has not currently achieved this guideline. 

The interests of the directors, all of which are beneficial, in the shares of the Company are given below. 

31 December 
2014 
No. of shares 

31 December 
2013 
No. of shares

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Adrian Martin 
John Morgan 
Steve Crummett 
Patrick De Smedt 
Simon Gulliford 
Liz Peace 
Geraldine Gallacher* 

12,000 

12,000 
3,999,322  3,997,508 
– 
2,000 
3,350 
– 
7,772

12,200 
2,000 
3,350 
– 
7,772 

 *Geraldine Gallacher stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2014.

There have been no changes in the interests of the directors between 31 December 2014 and 19 February 2015.

Directors’ outstanding share incentives 
Details of the executive directors’ interests in long-term incentive awards as at 31 December 2014 and movements during the year are as follows: 

Performance shares 

John Morgan 

Total 

Steve Crummett 

Date of  
award 

21.5.2012 
26.2.2013 
19.5.2014 

No. of awards 
outstanding as 
at 1 January 
2014 

68,224 
81,186 
– 

No. of 
shares 
awarded 

– 
– 
55,687 

149,410 

55,687 

26.2.2013 
19.5.2014 

91,751 
– 

– 
41,956 

Total 

91,751 

41,956 

7
7
–
1
1
6

No. of 
dividend 
equivalent 
shares 
awarded 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

No. of 
shares 
vested 

No. of awards 
No. of 
outstanding as 
shares  at 31 December 
2014 
lapsed 

End of 
performance 
period 

Date 
awards 
vest

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

68,224  31.12.2014  21.5.2015 
81,186  31.12.2015  26.2.2016 
55,687  31.12.2016  19.5.2017

205,097 

91,751  31.12.2015  26.2.2016 
41,956  31.12.2016  19.5.2017

133,707 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

• The awards granted in 2012 under the ERP 2005 failed to vest with earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2014 falling below the threshold targets. 

•  The awards of performance shares made in 2013 are subject to an absolute adjusted EPS performance target and a TSR performance condition with full vesting of 50% of the awards  

for achieving adjusted EPS of 90p or more for the year ending 31 December 2015, reducing on a sliding scale to 50% vesting for achieving 75.1p and reducing on a sliding scale  
to 0% vesting for achieving 67.5p or less. The other 50% of the award is subject to the same TSR condition described above. 

•  The awards of performance shares made in 2014 are subject to adjusted EPS growth targets and a TSR performance condition with full vesting of 50% of the awards for achieving  

adjusted EPS growth of RPI+10% p.a. reducing on a sliding scale to 12.5% vesting for achieving EPS growth of RPI+4% p.a.. There is no vesting for this part of an award for EPS growth less 
than RPI+4% p.a.. The other 50% of the award is subject to the same TSR condition described above.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Share options 

John Morgan 

Total 

•  No options were granted during the year. 

Date of  
grant 

20.5.2005 
5.4.2006 
17.3.2010 
30.3.2011 

No. of options 
outstanding as 
at 1 January 
2014 

107,736 
81,016 
106,364 
200,000 

495,116 

No. of 
options 
exercised 

No. of 
options 
lapsed 

No. of options 
outstanding as 
at 31 December 
2014 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(200,000) 

107,736 
81,016 
106,364 
– 

(200,000) 

295,116 

End of 
performance 
period 

31.12.2007 
31.12.2008 
31.12.2012 
31.12.2013 

Exercise 
price 

Date from 
which 
exercisable

£7.24  20.5.2008 
£12.59 
5.4.2009 
£5.55  17.3.2013 
£6.57  30.3.2014

• The outstanding options granted in 2005, 2006 and 2010 have satisfied their performance condition and are exercisable.

• The threshold performance condition in respect of the options granted on 30 March 2011 was not met and the awards lapsed.

•  The outstanding options detailed above will, if not lapsed or exercised earlier, lapse ten years from the date of grant.

The mid-market price of a share on 31 December 2014 was £6.20 and the range during the year was £5.865 to £8.705.

The Morgan Sindall Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘the SAYE scheme’) (audited)
John Morgan held the following options granted under the SAYE scheme, which vested on 1 November 2014. 

John Morgan 

  Outstanding as 
at 1 January 
2014 

Date of  
grant 

27.9.2011 

1,814 

Exercised 
during 
the year 

1,814 

Outstanding as  
at 31 December 
2014 

Option 
exercise 
price 

Dates 
within which 
exercisable

– 

£4.96 

1.11.2014 –1.5.2015

John Morgan exercised 1,814 share options on 3 November 2014. The closing share price on 3 November 2014 was £6.57.

Payments for loss of office (audited)
There were no payments made in respect of a loss of office during the year under review. 

Payments to former directors (audited)
The threshold performance condition in respect of the share awards granted on 30 March 2011 to Paul Smith, David Mulligan and Paul Whitmore was not 
met and the awards lapsed on 30 March 2014. No other payments were made to former directors during the year.

Percentage change in remuneration levels 
The table below shows the movement in salary, benefits and annual bonus for the chief executive between the 2013 and 2014 financial years, compared  
to that for the average of all employees of the Group: 

Chief Executive 
  Salary 
  Benefits  
  Bonus 
Average employee 
  Salary  
  Benefits 
  Bonus 

% change

3 
– 
– 

3.2 
(9.9) 
25.5

Relative importance of spend on pay 
The following table sets out the percentage change in profit, dividends and overall spend on pay in 2014 compared to 2013:

Adjusted EPS (pence) 
Dividends paid during the year (£m) 
Employee remuneration costs (£m) 

2014  

46.7 
11.5 
325.8 

2013 

% change

60.9 
11.5 
315.6 

(23) 
– 
3.2

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Six-year performance graph and table 
The graph below shows the TSR for the Company’s shares over the last six financial years. It shows the value to 31 December 2014 of £100 invested in 
Morgan Sindall Group plc on 1 January 2009 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE All Share Index (excluding investment trusts) and the 
FTSE All Share Index (Construction and Materials Sector). The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.

Total shareholder return

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

250

200

150

1 00

50

0

31 December
2008

31 December
2009

31 December
2010

31 December
2011

31 December
2012

31 December
2013

31 December
2014

Morgan Sindall Group plc
FTSE All Share Index (excluding investment trusts)
FTSE All Share Index (Construction and Materials Sector)

Source: Thomson Reuters
The total remuneration figures for the chief executive during each of the last six financial years are shown in the table below. Consistent with the calculation 
methodology for the single figure for total remuneration, the total remuneration figure includes the total annual bonus award based on that year’s 
performance and the long-term incentive award based on the three-year performance period ending in the relevant year. The annual bonus payout and 
long-term incentive award vesting level as a percentage of the maximum opportunity are also shown for each of these years. 

Chief Executive 

Total remuneration (£000) 
Annual bonus % 
LTIP share awards vesting % 
LTIP share options vesting % 

2014 
John Morgan1 

2013 
John Morgan1 

2012 
John Morgan1 

2012 
Paul Smith2 

2011 
Paul Smith2 

2010 
Paul Smith2 

2009
Paul Smith2

516 
– 
– 
– 

5073 
–3 
– 
– 

634 
30 
– 
46.3 

1,315 
26 
48.8 
46.3 

1,025 
85 
– 
– 

1,096 
100 
– 
– 

796 
27 
25.0 
–

1  John Morgan was appointed chief executive on 5 November 2012, having previously been executive chairman. 

2  Paul Smith resigned on 5 November 2012 and ceased employment on 31 December 2012.

3  John Morgan waived his bonus entitlement for 2013.

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Patrick De Smedt
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
19 February 2015

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ remuneration report

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ report

Introduction
The directors present their annual report on the affairs of the Group, together with the financial statements and auditor’s report for the year ended 
31 December 2014. The Act requires the directors to present a fair review of the business during the year to 31 December 2014 and of the position  
of the Company at the end of the financial year along with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the Group faces. The strategic report  
can be found on pages 2 to 46. The Disclosure and Transparency Rules require certain information to be included in a corporate governance report which  
can be found on pages 52 to 57.

There were no significant events since the balance sheet date. An indication of likely future developments in the business of the Group and details of research 
and development activities are included in the strategic report. Information about the use of financial instruments by the Company and its subsidiaries is given 
in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

Pages 2 to 76 together with the sections of the annual report incorporated by reference form part of the directors’ report which is presented in accordance 
with, and with reliance upon applicable English company law. The liabilities of the directors in connection with this report shall be limited as provided by  
English law.

The table below sets out where key information can be found across the annual report:

Subject

Dividends

Capital structure (details  
of the issued share capital)

Appointment and  
replacement of directors

Directors

The Morgan Sindall Employee 
Benefit Trust (‘the Trust’)

Environmental, social and 
governance (‘ESG’) disclosures

Morgan Sindall Group plc  
Long Term Incentive Plan

Greenhouse gas emissions

Page reference

See page 94 of the consolidated financial statements.

See page 103 of the consolidated financial statements.

See page 53 of the corporate governance report.

• See page 68 of the remuneration report detailing the directors who served during the year.
• Biographical details of the directors of the Company who are seeking re-election are set out on pages 48  

and 49.

• Details of directors’ interests, including interests in the Company’s shares, are disclosed in the directors’ 

remuneration report on pages 69 and 70.

Details of the shares held by the Trust may be found in the consolidated financial statements on page 103.

Details of the Group’s approach to diversity and ESG disclosures can be found in the sustainability review 
on pages 44 to 46, the risk review on pages 34 and 35 and in the corporate governance report on  
pages 52 to 57.

Details of the Group’s LTIP is set out in note 25 of the consolidated financial statements on page 104.

All disclosures on the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions (as required to be disclosed under Schedule 7  
of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008  
(pursuant to the Act (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report Regulations 2013)), are contained in the  
sustainability review on page 46.

Capital structure
At each AGM the Board seeks authorisation from its shareholders to allot shares. The directors were granted authority at the AGM on 8 May 2014 to  
allot relevant securities up to a nominal amount of £108,160. That authority will apply until the conclusion of this year’s AGM and a resolution to renew  
the authority will be proposed at this year’s AGM, as explained further in the notice to shareholders accompanying this report.

A special resolution will also be proposed to renew the directors’ power to make non-preemptive issues for cash, as explained in the notice accompanying 
this report. The Board confirms that the Company has not used this authority in the last three years and there are no immediate plans to make use of  
this provision.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ report

72

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ report continued

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Subject to applicable statutes, shares may be issued with such rights and restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution decide or (if there  
is no such resolution or so far as it does not make specific provision) as the Board as defined in the Company’s Articles may decide. Subject to the Articles,  
the Act and other shareholders’ rights, unissued shares are at the disposal of the Board.

Subject to the Act, rights attached to any class of shares may be varied with the written consent of the holders of not less than 75% in nominal value of the 
issued shares of that class (calculated excluding any shares held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general 
meeting of the holders of those shares. 

The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to those shares, be deemed to be 
varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with them.

Voting
Subject to any other provisions of the Articles, every member present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has, upon a show of hands, one vote and, 
upon a poll, one vote for every share held by him or her. In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in 
person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order  
in which the names stand in the register of members in respect of the joint holding (the first-named being the most senior).

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting in respect of any share held by him or her if any call or other sum then payable by him or her in 
respect of that share remains unpaid or if a member has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles) after failure to provide the Company 
with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Act.

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and the directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of shares 
which may result in restrictions on voting rights.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Transfer of shares
There are no restrictions on the transfer of securities in the Company, except:
• that certain restrictions may from time to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws)
• pursuant to the Listing Rules of the FCA whereby certain employees of the Company require its approval to deal in the Company’s shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting rights.

Purchase of own shares
At the AGM on 8 May 2014, a resolution was passed giving the directors authority to make market purchases of Company shares up to 4,326,408 shares  
at a maximum price based on the market price of a share at the relevant time, as set out in the resolution. No purchases of shares were made during the year 
pursuant to this authority. The authority expires on 8 August 2015 and a resolution to renew this authority will be proposed at this year’s AGM, as explained 
further in the notice to shareholders accompanying this report.

Dividends and distributions
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, from time to time declare dividends not exceeding the amount recommended by the Board. Subject to the Act, 
the Board may pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, justifies 
 its payment.

The Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of the Company’s shares from a person with a 0.25% 
interest if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles) after failure to provide the Company with information concerning 
interests in those shares required to be provided under the Act. 

Rights under employee share schemes
The Legis Trust Limited, as Trustee of the Trust, held 1.24% of the issued share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2014 on trust for the benefit of 
the employees and former employees of the Group and their dependants. The voting rights in relation to these shares are exercised by the Trustee and there 
are no restrictions on the exercise of the voting of, or the acceptance of any offer relating to, those shares. The Trust agreed to waive its right to both the  
final and interim dividends payable in 2014 which equated to 1.28% of the total dividend paid.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ report

73

 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ report continued

Powers of directors
Subject to the Articles, the Act and any directions given by the Company by special resolution, the business of the Company will be managed by the Board 
who may exercise all the powers of the Company, whether relating to the management of the business or not. In particular, the Board may exercise all the 
powers of the Company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge any of its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital and  
to issue debentures and other securities and to give security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

Directors’ indemnities
The Articles entitle the directors of the Company to be indemnified, to the extent permitted by the Act and any other applicable legislation, out of the assets 
of the Company in the event that they suffer any loss or incur any liability in connection with the execution of their duties as directors. Neither the indemnity 
nor the insurance cover provides cover in the event that a director (or officer or company secretary as the case may be) is proved to have acted fraudulently 
or dishonestly.

In addition, and in common with many other companies, the Company had during the year and continues to have in place directors’ and officers’ insurance  
in favour of its directors and other officers in respect of certain losses or liability to which they may be exposed due to their office. The Company also  
had and continues to have in place a pension trustees liability insurance policy in favour of the Trustees of the Retirement Plan in respect of certain losses  
or liabilities to which they may be exposed due to their office.

The indemnity is categorised as a ‘qualifying third-party indemnity’ for the purposes of the Act and will continue in force for the purposes of the Act and  
for the benefit of directors (or officers or company secretary as the case may be) on an ongoing basis. 

Amendment of articles of association
The Company’s constitution, known as the Articles of Association, is essentially a contract between the Company and its shareholders, governing many 
aspects of the management of the Company. The Articles may be amended by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders and are available on the 
Company’s website at www.morgansindall.com. 

Substantial shareholdings 
As at 31 December 2014, the Company had been notified of the following interests of 3% or more total voting rights attaching to the Company’s shares  
in accordance with chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the FCA: 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Name of holder 

Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC 
John Morgan 
Old Mutual plc1 
JO Hambro Capital Management Group Ltd 
Ameriprise Financial Inc. 

JP Morgan Chase & Co 
Standard Life 

Aberdeen Asset Managers Ltd 
John James Clifford Lovell 

 No. of shares 

6,490,859 
3,999,322 
2,835,270 
2,239,565 
2,232,808 

2,123,287 
2,025,053 

2,010,042 
1,715,273 

% holding 

Direct/indirect holdings

14.72 
9.07 
6.55 
5.08 
5.06 

4.81 
4.59 

4.56 
3.89 

Indirect 
Direct 
Indirect 
Direct 
99% Indirect 
1% Direct 
Indirect 
99% Indirect 
1% Direct 
Indirect 
Direct 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1  Old Mutual plc notified the Company on 9 February 2015 that it had increased its indirect shareholding in the Company to 3,218,478 (7.30%).

All related party transactions have been reviewed and approved by the Board and disclosure transactions that are significant, whether by virtue of their 
significance to the business, the individuals involved or the perception of potential conflict.

7
7
–
1
1
6

Change of control
The Group’s banking facilities which are described in the finance review on page 30 require repayment in the event of a change in control. The Group’s 
facilities for surety bonding require provision of cash collateral for outstanding bonds upon a change of control. In addition, the Company’s employee share 
incentive schemes contain provisions whereby, upon a change of control, outstanding options and awards would vest and become exercisable, subject  
to the rules of the relevant schemes.

There are no agreements between the Company and its directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment occurring 
because of a takeover bid. 

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled people are always fully and fairly considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant concerned. In the event 
of members of staff becoming disabled every effort is made to ensure that their employment with the Group continues and that appropriate training is 
arranged. It is the policy of the Group that the training, career development and promotion of disabled people should, as far as possible, be identical to that  
of other employees.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ report

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ report continued

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its employees and ensures that all significant events, economic factors and financial updates and 
the impact of these on the performance of the Group are communicated to employees through email alerts and regular newsletters. In addition, the divisions 
use a variety of methods to encourage employee involvement in the Group’s performance and communicate key business goals and issues to employees.  
The divisions also consult and involve their employees through local publications, briefing groups, consultative meetings, training programmes, employee 
surveys and working groups to assist the process of continuous improvement in the way the business is conducted. 

The Group also introduced two new long-term incentive plans in 2014 with the intention to better incentivise the interests of the employees with the long-term 
success of the Company. The 2014 LTIP will provide incentives for the executive directors and certain other senior employees and the 2014 SOP will provide 
share option awards for certain senior and business critical employees below Board level across the Group.

Political contributions
No contributions were made to any political parties during the current or preceding year. 

Disclosure of information to the external auditor
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and each director has taken all reasonable steps that he or she ought to have taken as a director in order to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given 
and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Act.

External auditor 
Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in office as external auditor and a resolution to reappoint it will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 

Annual general meeting
The AGM of the Company will be held at the offices of Jefferies Hoare Govett, Vintners Place, 68 Upper Thames Street, London EC4V 3BJ on 7 May 2015  
at 12:00 noon. The formal notice convening the AGM, together with explanatory notes, can be found in the separate circular accompanying this document 
and is available on the Company’s website at www.corporate.morgansindall.com. Shareholders will also find enclosed with this document a form of proxy  
for use in connection with the meeting. 

The directors’ report from pages 2 to 76 inclusive was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Clare Sheridan
Company Secretary 
19 February 2015

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ report

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Governance

Directors’ responsibilities statement

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are required to prepare the group 
financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework. Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period. 

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
• make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
• state whether Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework has been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed  

and explained in the financial statements; and 

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

In preparing the group financial statements, IAS 1 requires that directors:
• properly select and apply accounting policies;
• present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information; 
• provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to understand the impact  

of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and

• make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose  
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Act. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud  
and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation  
in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
• the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,  

financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;

• the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings 

included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and

• the annual report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for  

shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibilities statement was approved by the Board of directors on 19 February 2015 and is signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 
19 February 2015 

Steve Crummett
Finance Director 
19 February 2015

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Directors’ responsibilities statement

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Financial statements

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Consolidated financial 
statements

Independent auditor’s report

78 
82  Consolidated financial 

statements

86  Significant accounting policies
90  Critical accounting judgments 

and estimates

91  Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Consolidated financial statements

77

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Morgan Sindall Group plc

Opinion on financial statements of Morgan Sindall Group plc
In our opinion:
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2014 and of the 

Group’s profit for the year then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’s) as adopted by the 

European Union;

• the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 

Framework; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 

statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The financial statements comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated balance sheet, 
the consolidated cash flow statement, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the significant accounting policies, the critical accounting judgments 
and estimates, the related Group notes 1 to 28, the Company balance sheet, the Company statement of changes in equity, significant accounting policies  
and the related Company only notes 1 to 2. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company 
financial statements is applicable law and Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.

Going concern
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors’ statement contained within the finance review on page 30 that the Group is a going concern. 
We confirm that:
• we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate; and
• we have not identified any material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Risk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Recognition of contract revenue, 
margin and related receivables  
and liabilities. For construction  
and services companies there is 
considerable judgment in assessing  
the appropriate contract revenue and 
margin to recognise, which involves 
the consideration of the valuation of 
work performed, current and future 
contract operational performance  
and in turn the evaluation of the 
related receivables and liabilities  
at each reporting date.

Revenue from construction contracts 
at 31 December 2014 was £1,867.5m 
(2013: £1,817.2m) as set out in note 1. 
Amounts due from construction 
contract customers was £241.5m 
(2013: £209.7m) as set out in note 16. 
Trade receivables were £176.7m 
(2013: £149.2m) as set out in note 15.

We evaluated the design and implementation of controls over revenue recognition, amounts due from 
construction contract customers and contract receivables. 

We selected a sample of contracts to allow us to assess and challenge the most significant and more complex 
contract positions and the accounting thereon under the percentage of completion methodology. The sample 
selected was based on both quantitative and qualitative factors. 

For this sample of contracts, we critically assessed the forecast costs to complete, variations within contract 
revenue and contract costs, the recoverability of amounts due from customers, and the completeness and 
validity of provisions arising from customer disputes.

This assessment included agreeing contract valuation positions to third party certificates, reviewing contract 
terms and conditions, interviewing and challenging contract managers and commercial directors and reviewing 
correspondence with customers and solicitors.

For the sample of contracts selected we tested the recoverability of amounts due from construction contract 
customers and the related receivables by agreeing to certifications and cash receipt.

We assessed the completeness and validity of allowances recorded based upon the liabilities that may arise 
from disputes with customers or rectification works required through interviewing and challenging contract 
managers, commercial directors and a review of correspondence with customers and solicitors.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Independent auditor’s report

78

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Morgan Sindall Group plc continued

Risk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

We challenged the assumptions used in the impairment model for goodwill, described in note 9 to the financial 
statements, which calculates the recoverable amount. Our challenge focused on assessing the appropriateness of: 
the cash-generating units identified and goodwill allocation during the period; the cash flow projections relative  
to previous performance and Office for National Statistics (‘ONS’) guidance on construction growth rate; 
benchmarking against the wider peer group; and recalculating the discount rates and perpetuity rates used.  
We challenged management’s sensitivity analysis on the cash flow projections and the discount rate and  
utilised our internal valuation experts to assist in the assessment of the appropriateness of the discount rate. 

We have evaluated the assumptions made on a sample of land and development appraisals such as market 
values, local demand and planning applications, which underpin the assessments by scrutinising them against 
recent sales information and external market data on house prices. We have tested the future development 
cost assumptions against detailed site appraisals and to contractual documentation. We have reviewed and 
challenged the site appraisals for reasonableness against externally available data to benchmark the inherent 
assumptions against wider market forecasts of cost increases, likely sales rates and planning developments.

We have reviewed, challenged and sensitised the assumptions in accounting for shared equity schemes and 
assessed the model methodology, as disclosed in note 13. The assumptions have been benchmarked against 
similar products in the market place, current market data on house price growth, redemption rates and 
performance of the shared equity scheme to date.

Impairment of goodwill. Goodwill 
must be tested annually and requires  
a comparison between the carrying 
value of the asset and the recoverable 
amount. Determination of the 
recoverable amount is based upon 
management estimates of future cash 
flows and application of appropriate 
discount rates.

Carrying value of goodwill at  
31 December 2014 was £213.9m 
(2013: £213.9m).

Carrying value of land and work  
in progress. The determination  
of net realisable value is a key  
area of judgment due to the 
assumptions made by management  
on future expected sales values  
and development opportunities. 

Carrying value of inventory at  
31 December 2014 was £202.2m 
(2013: £161.0m) as set out in note 14. 

Valuation of shared equity loan 
receivables. The determination  
of the fair value of the shared equity 
schemes in Affordable Housing 
requires judgment in relation to the 
discount rate, rate of expected default 
and forecast house price growth. 

Carrying value of shared equity loan 
receivables at 31 December 2014 
was £20.4m (2013: £19.7m). 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Management has set out their key accounting judgments and estimates in relation to each of the risks above on page 90. 

The description of risks above should be read in conjunction with the significant issues considered by the audit committee discussed on page 57.

Our audit procedures relating to these matters were designed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and not to express  
an opinion on individual accounts or disclosures. Our opinion on the financial statements is not modified with respect to any of the risks described above,  
and we do not express an opinion on these individual matters.

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably 
knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £2.7m (2013: £3.1m), which is 7.5% (2013: 7.5%) of the five-year average pre-tax profit before exceptional 
items, and approximately 1% (2013: approximately 1%) of net equity. We use pre-tax profit before exceptional items as it represents a key performance 
measure for the Group. Pre-tax profit before exceptional items can vary significantly year on year, dependent on factors like key contract performance,  
while the overall nature and scale of the Group’s activities remains broadly unchanged. To reflect this dynamic in determining an appropriate materiality level, 
we use a five-year average pre-tax profit before exceptionals as a benchmark.

We agreed to report to the audit committee all audit differences in excess of £0.1m (2013: £0.1m), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the audit committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Independent auditor’s report

79

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Morgan Sindall Group plc continued

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and assessing the risks  
of material misstatement at the Group level.

Based on this assessment, our Group audit scope focused primarily on the audit work at the significant components which were selected based on our 
assessment of the identified risks of material misstatement identified above. These represent the principal business units within the Group’s reportable 
segments. We have performed full audit procedures for the significant components which account for 97% (2013: 98%) of the Group’s revenue, 78%  
(2013: 95%) of the Group’s adjusted profit before tax and 93% (2013: 87%) of the Group’s net assets. The coverage of Group profit before tax has fallen  
in the year due to the relative performance of the components within the Group. 

Our audit work on the remaining components was determined based on our assessment of the risks of material misstatement and of the materiality of the 
Group’s operations in those components. The components which had individual materially significant balances were subject to an audit of specified account 
balances. Those that were qualitatively material were subject to analytical review procedures, with no further audit procedures performed on the remaining 
components. 

Our audit work on all components was executed to a lower level of materiality ranging from 50% –70% of Group materiality (2013: 55% –70%).

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit or audit of specified 
account balances.

The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned visits that has been designed so that either the senior statutory auditor or another  
senior member of the Group audit team visits each of the Group’s principal business units at least once a year. The senior statutory auditor or another senior 
member of the Group audit team participated in all of the close meetings of the Group’s principal business units.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:
• the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
• the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent  

with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 

visited by us; or

• the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the  
part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. We have nothing to report arising from 
these matters.

Corporate governance report
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review the part of the corporate governance report relating to the Company’s compliance with ten provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the annual report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the annual report is:
• materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
• apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or
• otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the directors’ 
statement that they consider the annual report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the annual report appropriately discloses those matters that 
we communicated to the audit committee which we consider should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies  
or misleading statements. 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Independent auditor’s report

80

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Morgan Sindall Group plc continued

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable  
law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for 
Auditors. We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality 
control procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and 
independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work  
has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for  
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the  
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting  
policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the 
reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we  
read all the financial and non-financial information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and  
to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course  
of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Mark Beddy fca
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 
London, UK 
19 February 2015

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Independent auditor’s report

81

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2014

Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 
Share of net profit of joint ventures 
Other gains and losses 

Operating profit before amortisation of intangible assets 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance expense 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Profit for the year 

Earnings per share  
Basic 
Diluted 

2014 

Total 
£m 

Before 
exceptional 
items 
£m 

2013

Exceptional 
operating 
items 
£m 

Notes  

1 

12 
12 

9 

5 
5 

3 
6 

2,219.8  
(2,038.8) 

2,094.9  
(1,923.6) 

181.0  

(160.3) 
6.3  
1.9  

171.3  

(148.5) 
0.9  
9.9  

28.9  

(2.4) 

26.5  
1.0  
(4.7) 

22.8  
(4.8) 

18.0  

18.1  
(0.1) 

18.0  

33.6  

(2.7) 

30.9  
1.2  
(3.5) 

28.6  
(2.3) 

26.3  

26.4  
(0.1) 

26.3  

8 
8 

42.3p 
41.6p 

There were no discontinued operations in either the current or comparative years.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2014

Profit for the year 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 
Actuarial gain arising on retirement benefit obligation 
Deferred tax on retirement benefit obligation 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 
Movement on cash flow hedges in joint ventures 
Losses on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement on disposal of joint ventures 
Foreign exchange movement on translation of overseas operations 
Other movement on cash flow hedges 

Notes 

19 
20 

12 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 

Total comprehensive income 

Attributable to: 
  Owners of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Total comprehensive income 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Consolidated financial statements

– 
(14.7) 

(14.7) 

–  
–  
– 

(14.7) 

– 

(14.7) 
– 
– 

(14.7) 
3.4  

(11.3) 

(11.3) 
– 

(11.3) 

2014 
£m 

18.0  

0.1  
(0.2) 

(0.1) 

(0.2) 
–  
(0.2) 
–  

(0.4) 

(0.5) 

17.5  

17.6  
(0.1) 

17.5  

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Total 
£m

2,094.9  
(1,938.3)

156.6 

(148.5) 
0.9  
9.9 

18.9

(2.7)

16.2  
1.2  
(3.5)

13.9  
1.1 

15.0 

15.1  
(0.1)

15.0 

35.4p 
34.9p

2013 
£m

15.0  

0.9  
– 

0.9  

0.2  
1.4  
(0.4) 
0.1 

1.3 

2.2 

17.2 

17.3  
(0.1)

17.2

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Consolidated balance sheet

at 31 December 2014

Assets 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investments in joint ventures 
Investments 
Shared equity loan receivables 
Retirement benefit asset 

Non-current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Asset held for sale 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Finance lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Current liabilities 

Net current assets 
Trade and other payables 
Finance lease liabilities 
Borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Notes 

2014  
£m 

2013  
£m

9 
10 
11 
12 

13 
19 

14 
15 
27 

17 

18 
21 

17 
18 
27 
20 
21 

24 

218.1  
19.2  
9.5  
55.0  
0.3  
20.4  
0.8  

323.3  
202.2  
442.4  
87.6  
–  

732.2  

1,055.5  

(690.1) 
(5.2) 
(1.6) 
(1.2) 

(698.1) 

34.1  
(22.0) 
(2.5) 
(31.9) 
(16.5) 
(16.6) 

(89.5) 

220.5  
18.3  
10.0  
54.0  
0.4  
19.7  
– 

322.9  
161.0  
385.5  
92.8  
3.1 

642.4 

965.3 

(613.5) 
(5.3) 
(1.5) 
(2.2)

(622.5)

19.9  
(20.6) 
(3.9) 
(23.1) 
(16.0) 
(22.2)

(85.8)

(787.6) 

(708.3)

267.9  

257.0 

2.2  
30.9  
(0.8) 
236.2  

268.5  
(0.6) 

267.9  

2.2  
26.9  
(0.4) 
228.8 

257.5  
(0.5)

257.0 

The consolidated financial statements of Morgan Sindall Group plc were approved by the Board on 19 February 2015 and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 

Steve Crummett
Finance Director

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Consolidated financial statements

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December 2014

Operating activities 
Operating profit 
Adjusted for: 
  Amortisation of intangible assets 
  Share of net profit of equity accounted joint ventures 
  Depreciation 
  Share option expense 
  Profit on disposal of interests in joint ventures 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

  Non-cash impairment of investments 
  Movement in fair value of shared equity loan receivables 
  Non-cash exceptional operating items 
Additional pension contributions 
Net disposals of investment properties 
Net disposals of/(additions to) shared equity loan receivables 
Decrease in provisions 

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
Increase in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in payables 

Movements in working capital 

Cash inflow from operating activities 
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Interest received 
Dividends from joint ventures 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Net payments to acquire or increase interests in joint ventures 
Proceeds on disposal of interests in joint ventures 
Proceeds on disposal of other investment 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities 

Financing activities 
Interest paid 
Dividends paid 
Repayments of obligations under finance leases 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings 
Proceeds from issue of share capital 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Consolidated financial statements

Notes 

2014  
£m 

2013  
£m

26.5  

16.2  

9 
12 
10 
25 
12 

13 
3 
19 
11 
13 
21 

12 

7 

27 
24 

27 

2.4  
(6.3) 
4.8  
0.7  
(1.9) 
(0.2) 
1.0  
(1.8) 
–  
(0.7) 
0.5  
1.1  
(6.6) 

19.5  
(41.2) 
(55.7) 
85.1  

(11.8) 

7.7  
(4.4) 

3.3  

0.9  
0.8  
0.4  
(5.7) 
(6.0) 
5.9  
0.3  

(3.4) 

(4.9) 
(11.5) 
(1.5) 
8.8  
4.0  

(5.1) 

(5.2) 
92.8  

87.6  

2.7  
(0.9) 
5.2  
1.2  
(9.9) 
0.2  
–  
(0.2) 
14.7  
(0.7) 
1.3  
(0.3) 
(3.1)

26.4  
(1.6) 
3.8  
(10.6)

(8.4)

18.0  
(1.2)

16.8 

1.5  
0.4  
0.3  
(3.9) 
(4.9) 
23.6  
– 

17.0 

(2.0) 
(11.5) 
(1.2) 
23.1  
0.2 

8.6 

42.4  
50.4 

92.8 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2014

1 January 2013 
Total comprehensive income 
Share option expense 
Issue of shares at a premium 
Exercise of share options and vesting of share awards  
Tax relating to share option expense  
Dividends paid  

1 January 2014 
Total comprehensive income 
Share option expense 
Issue of shares at a premium 
Tax relating to share option expense  
Dividends paid 

31 December 2014 

 Share  
capital 
£m 

2.2  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2.2  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2.2  

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

26.7  
– 
– 
0.2  
– 
– 
– 

26.9  
– 
– 
4.0  
– 
– 

30.9  

Other 
reserves 
£m 

(1.7) 
1.3  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(0.4) 
(0.4) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(0.8) 

  Non-controlling 
interests 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

222.5  
16.0  
1.2  
– 
0.4  
0.2  
(11.5) 

228.8  
18.0  
0.7  
– 
0.2  
(11.5) 

249.7  
17.3  
1.2  
0.2  
0.4  
0.2  
(11.5) 

257.5  
17.6  
0.7  
4.0  
0.2  
(11.5) 

236.2  

268.5  

Total 
equity 
£m

249.3  
17.2  
1.2  
0.2  
0.4  
0.2  
(11.5)

257.0  
17.5  
0.7  
4.0  
0.2  
(11.5)

267.9 

(0.4) 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
–  

(0.5) 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(0.6) 

Other reserves
Other reserves include:
• Capital redemption reserve of £0.6m (2013: £0.6m) which was created on the redemption of preference shares in 2003.
• Hedging reserve of (£0.8m) (2013: (£0.6m)) arising under cash flow hedge accounting. Movements on the effective portion of hedges are recognised 

through the hedging reserve, whilst any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement. Cumulative movements recognised through the hedging reserve 
are recycled through the income statement on disposal of the associated joint ventures.

• Translation reserve of (£0.6m) (2013: (£0.4m)) arising on the translation of overseas operations into the Group’s functional currency.

Retained earnings
Retained earnings include shares that are held as ‘treasury shares’ and represent the cost to Morgan Sindall Group plc of shares purchased in the market and 
held by The Morgan Sindall Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘Trust’) to satisfy options under the Group’s share incentive schemes. The number of shares held by 
the Trust at 31 December 2014 was 545,767 (2013: 575,397) with a cost of £4.1m (2013: £4.3m).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Consolidated financial statements

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Significant accounting policies

for the year ended 31 December 2014

Reporting entity
Morgan Sindall Group plc (the ‘Group’ or ‘Company’) is domiciled and 
incorporated in the UK. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal 
activities are set out in note 2 and in the strategic report on pages 2 to 46.

Basis of preparation 
(a) Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going 
concern basis as discussed in the finance review on page 30 and in accordance 
with IFRS adopted by the European Union and, therefore, comply with Article 4 
of the EU IAS Regulation.

(b) Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, except where otherwise indicated. 

(c) Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling 
which is the Group’s functional currency. All financial information, unless 
otherwise stated, has been rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

(d) Adoption of new and revised standards
(i) New and revised accounting standards adopted by the Group
During the year, the Group has adopted the following new and revised 
standards and interpretations. Their adoption has not had any significant 
impact on the amounts or disclosures reported in these financial statements.
• IAS 27 (revised) ‘Separate Financial Statements’. Introduces new disclosure 

requirements to investment entities.

• IAS 28 (revised) ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011)’.  
This standard was issued and supersedes IAS 28 (2003) and prescribes 
the accounting for investments in associates and sets out the requirements 
for the application of the equity method when accounting for investments 
in associates and joint ventures.

• IAS 32 (amended) ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. This amendment 
clarifies existing application issues relating to the offsetting financial assets 
and financial liabilities.

• IAS 36 (amended) ‘Impairment of Assets’. The amendments remove  

the requirement to disclose the recoverable amount of a cash generating 
unit (or group of cash generating units) to which a significant amount of 
goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives has been allocated 
in periods when no impairment or reversal has been recognised and 
introduce additional disclosure requirements in respect of assets for which 
an impairment has been recognised or reversed and for which the 
recoverable amount is determined using fair value less costs of disposal.
• IAS 39 (amended) ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. 
The amendments allow the continuation of hedge accounting when  
a derivative is novated to a clearing house counterparty and certain 
conditions are met.

• IFRS 2 (amended) ‘Share-based Payment’. As part of the 2010-2012 
cycle of the Annual Improvements Project, the definitions of ‘vesting 
condition’ and ‘market condition’ were amended and definitions added  
of ‘performance condition’ and ‘service condition’ to clarify how such 
conditions are reflected in the recognition and measurement of share-
based payment expenses.

• IFRS 3 (amended) ‘Business Combinations’. As part of the 2010-2012 
cycle of the Annual Improvements Project, this standard was amended  
to clarify that all contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability 
should be measured at fair value at each reporting date.

• IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’. This standard establishes 
principles for the presentation and preparation of consolidated financial 
statements when an entity controls one or more other entities.

• IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’. This standard establishes the principles for 
financial reporting by entities that have an interest in arrangements that 
are controlled jointly.

• IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’. This standard requires an 
entity to disclose information that enables users of its financial statements 
to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, its interests in other 
entities; and the effects of those interests on its financial position, financial 
performance and cash flows.

(ii) New and revised accounting standards and interpretations which  
were in issue but were not yet effective and have not been adopted early 
by the Group
At the date of publishing these financial statements the following new and 
revised standards and interpretations were in issue but were not yet effective 
(and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU). None of these  
new and revised standards and interpretations have been adopted early  
by the Group:
• Annual improvements 2010–2012 cycle
• Annual improvements 2011–2013 cycle
• Annual improvements 2012–2014 cycle
• IAS 16 (amended) ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’
• IAS 19 (amended) ‘Employee Benefits’
• IAS 27 (amended) ‘Separate Financial Statements’
• IAS 28 (amended) ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’
• IAS 38 (amended) ‘Intangible Assets’
• IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’
• IFRS 10 (amended) ‘Consolidated Financial Statements: sale or contribution 

of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture’
• IFRS 11 (amended) ‘Joint Arrangements: Accounting for acquisitions  

of interests in joint operations’

• IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory Deferral Accounts’
• IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’.

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above 
will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future 
periods, except as follows:
• The directors are in the process of assessing the potential impact of IFRS 

15 on both revenue recognition and disclosure requirements.

The accounting policies as set out below have been applied consistently  
to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements  
of the Company and the entities controlled by the Company, together with 
the Group’s share of the results of joint ventures made up to 31 December 
each year.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The 
consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value  
of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and equity interests issued by 
the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Consideration transferred 
also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent 
consideration arrangement. Acquisition related costs are expensed in 
administrative expenses as incurred. All identifiable assets and liabilities 
acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are initially measured at their fair 
values at the acquisition date.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-
controlling interest and the acquisition date fair value of any previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree as compared with the Group’s share of the 
identifiable net assets are recognised as goodwill. Where the Group’s share of 
identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the total consideration transferred,  
a gain from a bargain purchase is recognised immediately in the income 
statement after the fair values initially determined have been reassessed.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Significant accounting policies

86

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Significant accounting policies continued

(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group. Control is exerted 
where the Group has the power to govern, directly or indirectly, the financial 
and operating policies of the entity so as to obtain economic benefits  
from its activities. Typically, a shareholding of more than 50% of the voting 
rights is indicative of control. However, the impact of potential voting rights 
currently exercisable is taken into consideration.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated 
financial statements of the Group from the date that control is obtained  
to the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of new subsidiaries 
are changed where necessary to align them with those of the Group.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries  
are identified separately from the Group’s equity therein. They are initially 
measured at the non-controlling interests’ share of the net fair value  
of the assets and liabilities recognised or at fair value, as determined on an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Subsequent to acquisition, non-controlling 
interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the  
original business combination and the non-controlling interest’s share  
of the changes in equity since the date of the combination.

Revenue and margin recognition
Revenue and margin are recognised as follows:

(a) Construction contracts
Revenue comprises the fair value of construction carried out in the year, 
based on an internal assessment of work carried out. Once the outcome  
of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, margin is recognised in 
the income statement on a stage of contract completion basis by reference 
to costs incurred to date and total forecast costs on the contract as a whole. 
Losses expected in bringing a contract to completion are recognised 
immediately in the income statement as soon as they are forecast. Where 
the outcome of variations is uncertain, the Group only recognises revenue 
and associated margin where it is probable that the client will approve the 
variation. Where the outcome of claims is uncertain, the Group only 
recognises revenue when negotiations have reached an advanced stage  
such that it is probable that the customer will accept the claim.

Where houses for open market sale are included in a construction contract  
as part of a mixed-tenure development, revenue on open market sales is 
recognised at fair value on sale completion. The margin recognised is 
consistent with the construction contract element of the development.

(b) Joint arrangements
A joint arrangement is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more 
parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control, which 
requires unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.

(b) Service contracts
Revenue is measured through an internal assessment of work carried out 
based on time incurred and materials utilised or percentage of completion 
depending upon the nature of the service.

(i) Joint ventures
A joint venture generally involves the establishment of a corporation, 
partnership or other entity in which each venturer has an interest and joint 
control over strategic, financial and operating decisions. The results, assets 
and liabilities of jointly controlled entities are incorporated in the financial 
statements using the equity method of accounting.

(c) Sale of development properties
Revenue from the sale of development properties is measured at the fair 
value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is recognised 
when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred  
to the buyer, there is no continuing management involvement with the 
properties and the amount of revenue can be estimated reliably.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

The transfer of risks and rewards vary depending on the individual terms  
of the contract of sale. For properties, transfer usually occurs when the 
ownership has been legally transferred to the purchaser. Revenue from  
the sale of properties taken in part exchange is not included in revenue.

(d) Pre-contract costs
Costs incurred prior to the award of a contract are expensed until the point 
where it becomes probable that the contract will be obtained. Only after it is 
probable that the contract is forecast to be profitable, costs that are directly 
related to obtaining the contract and which are separately identifiable and 
can be measured reliably are recognised as contract assets. Pre-contract 
costs are expensed in the income statement over the period of the contract.

Where pre-contract costs are reimbursable, the amount received is applied 
against amounts expensed with any surplus over this amount being applied 
to costs which have been recognised as contract assets.

(e) Mobilisation costs
Mobilisation costs are those costs specifically incurred to enable 
performance of obligations in a contract after its award and form an integral 
part of the overall costs of a contract. Such costs are amortised over the 
period of the contract except where the contract becomes loss making,  
in which case the balance is immediately expensed.

Goodwill relating to a joint venture which is acquired directly is included  
in the carrying amount of the investment and is not amortised. After 
application of the equity method, the Group’s investments in joint ventures 
are reviewed to determine whether any additional impairment loss in relation 
to the net investment in the joint venture is required, and if so it is written  
off in the period in which those circumstances are identified. When there  
is a change recognised directly in the equity of the joint venture, the Group 
recognises its share of any change and discloses this, where applicable,  
in the statement of comprehensive income.

Where the Group’s share of losses exceeds its equity accounted investment  
in a joint venture, the carrying amount of the equity interest is reduced to  
nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent 
that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations. Appropriate 
adjustment is made to the results of joint ventures where material differences 
exist between a joint venture’s accounting policies and those of the Group.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ 
rights to receive payment have been established.

(ii) Joint operations
Construction contracts carried out as a joint arrangement without the 
establishment of a legal entity are joint operations. The Group’s share  
of the results and net assets of these joint operations are included under  
each relevant heading in the income statement and the balance sheet.

(c) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and 
expense arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing  
the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from 
transactions with equity accounted investments are eliminated to the extent 
of the Group’s interest in that investment. Unrealised losses are eliminated  
in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is  
no evidence of impairment.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Significant accounting policies

87

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Significant accounting policies continued

(f) Government grants
Funding received in respect of developer grants, where funding is awarded  
to encourage the building and renovation of affordable housing, is recognised 
as revenue on a stage of completion basis over the life of the project to 
which the funding relates.

reporting date. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that  
it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred  
tax assets and liabilities are not discounted and are only offset where  
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities.

Funding received to support the construction of housing where current 
market prices would otherwise make a scheme financially unviable is 
recognised as revenue on a legal completion basis when the properties  
to which it relates are sold.

Government grants are initially recognised as deferred income at fair  
value when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply  
with the conditions attached and the grants will be received.

Leases
The Group as lessee:

(a) Finance leases
Leases in which the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards 
incidental to ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance lease assets 
are recognised as assets of the Group at an amount equal to the lower  
of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments, 
each determined at the inception of the lease. Subsequent to recognition, 
finance lease assets are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation  
and impairment losses.

The lease liability is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease liability. 
Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and the reduction 
of lease liabilities so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly to the income 
statement.

(b) Operating leases
Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

Finance income and expense
Finance income and expense is recognised using the effective interest method.

Income tax
The income tax expense represents the current and deferred tax charges. 
Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent  
that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the Group’s expected tax liability on taxable profit for the  
year using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting  
date and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Taxable profit differs from that reported in the income statement because  
it is adjusted for items of income or expense that are assessable or  
deductible in other years and is adjusted for items that are never assessable 
or deductible.

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, providing for 
temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the corresponding tax bases used in  
tax computations. Deferred tax is not recognised for the initial recognition 
of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination  
and affects neither accounting nor taxable profit, or differences relating  
to investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures to the extent that it is 
probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax  
is not recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial 
recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences which result in an 
obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less 
tax, at a future date, at the tax rates expected to apply when they reverse, 
based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Significant accounting policies

Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill 
(i) Initial recognition
Goodwill arises on business combinations and represents the excess of the 
cost of an acquisition over the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of 
the acquiree at the acquisition date. Where the cost is less than the Group’s 
share of the identifiable net assets, the difference is immediately recognised 
in the income statement as a gain from a bargain purchase.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has  
been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject to being tested  
for impairment at that date.

(ii) Subsequent measurement
Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect 
of equity accounted investments, goodwill acquired directly is included in the 
carrying amount of the investment.

(iii) Impairment
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment 
testing. The cash-generating units to which the goodwill has been allocated 
is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that 
are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group  
of assets. The largest group to which goodwill is allocated for impairment 
testing purposes is the operating segment level.

(b) Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets, such as those identified on acquisition by the Group 
that have finite useful lives, are recognised at fair value and measured at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The estimated useful 
lives for the Group’s finite life intangible assets are between one and 12 years.

Property, plant and equipment
Freehold and leasehold property, plant, machinery and equipment are stated 
at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. 
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of the assets, other than 
land, over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the 
following basis:
• plant, machinery and equipment 
• freehold property 
• leasehold property 

 between 8.3% and 33% per annum

 over the period of the lease

2% per annum

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected  
useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, over the 
term of the relevant lease. Residual values of property, plant and equipment 
are reviewed and updated annually. Assets under construction are not 
depreciated until they become available for productive use.

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds 
from disposal against the carrying amount and are recognised in the income 
statement.

Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or capital 
appreciation is stated at its fair value at the balance sheet date. Gains or 
losses arising from changes in the fair value of investment property are 
included in the income statement for the period in which they arise.

Fixed asset investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less provision for any 
impairment in value. Investments are reviewed for impairment at the  
earlier of the Company’s reporting date or where an indicator of impairment  
is identified.

88

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Significant accounting policies continued

Shared equity loan receivables
The Group has granted loans under shared equity home ownership schemes 
allowing qualifying home buyers to defer payment of part of the agreed sales 
price, up to a maximum of 25%, until the earlier of the loan term (10 or 25 
years depending upon the scheme), remortgage or resale of the property.  
On occurrence of one of these events, the Group will receive a repayment 
based on its contributed equity percentage and the applicable market value 
of the property as determined by a member of the Royal Institution of 
Chartered Surveyors. Early or part repayment is allowable under the scheme 
and amounts are secured by way of a second charge over the property.  
The loans are non-interest bearing.

The shared equity loans receivable are designated at fair value through  
profit or loss. Fair value movements are recognised in operating profit and 
the resulting financial asset is presented as a non-current receivable. Fair 
value movements include accreted interest.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost 
of work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs 
and related overheads. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less 
applicable costs.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method with  
an appropriate allowance for estimated irrecoverable amounts recognised  
in the income statement when there is objective evidence that the asset  
is impaired.

Trade payables 
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Retirement benefit schemes
(a) Defined contribution plan
A defined contribution plan is a post-retirement benefit plan under which  
the Group pays fixed contributions to a separate entity and has no legal  
or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The Group recognises 
payments to defined contribution pension plans as staff costs in the  
income statement as and when they fall due. Prepaid contributions are 
recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or reduction on 
future payments is available.

(b) Defined benefit plan
A defined benefit plan is a post-retirement plan other than a defined 
contribution plan. The Group’s retirement benefit obligation is recognised  
in the balance sheet and represents the deficit or surplus in the Group’s 
defined benefit scheme. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary 
on an annual basis using the projected unit credit method. Any surplus 
resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic 
benefits available in the form of the unconditional right to refunds from the 
scheme or reductions in future contributions to the scheme. The retirement 
benefit obligation is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit 
that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and  
prior periods and discounting this to its present value. Any unrecognised  
past service costs and the fair value of the plan’s assets are deducted.

The cost of the plan is charged to the income statement based on actuarial 
assumptions at the beginning of the financial year. Where the calculation 
results in a benefit to the Group, the asset recognised is limited to the net  
of the total unrecognised past service costs and the present value of any 
future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

When the benefits of the plan are improved, the portion of increased  
benefit relating to past service by employees is recognised in the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits 
become vested. Where the benefits vest immediately, the expense is 
recognised in the income statement immediately.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Significant accounting policies

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount of the 
obligation can be estimated reliably.

Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than shared equity loan receivables, are assessed for 
indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Financial assets are 
impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more 
events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the 
estimated future cash flows of the investment have been reduced. For loans 
and receivables, the amount of the impairment is the difference between  
the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of financial assets is reduced by the impairment loss 
directly for all financial assets with the exception of trade receivables where 
the carrying amount is reduced through the use of a provision for impairment 
losses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the 
provision. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against the provision. Changes in the carrying amount of the 
allowance are recognised in the income statement.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss previously 
recognised decreases and this decrease can be objectively related to an 
event that occurred after the impairment was recognised, the previously 
recognised impairment loss is reversed through the income statement.

Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments (share awards or 
share options) to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments 
are measured at fair value at the date of grant and are recognised as an 
employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period 
from the date of grant to the date on which the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the awards or options.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
Derivative financial instruments are used in joint ventures to hedge 
long-term floating interest rate and Retail Prices Index (‘RPI’) exposures and 
in Group companies to manage their exposure to foreign exchange rate risk.

Interest rate swaps, RPI swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts  
are stated in the balance sheet at fair value. At the inception of the hedge 
relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging 
instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives 
and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore,  
at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents 
whether the hedging instruments that are used in hedging transactions  
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of 
hedged items.

Where financial instruments are designated as cash flow hedges and are 
deemed to be effective, gains and losses on remeasurement relating to  
the effective portion are recognised in equity and gains and losses on the 
ineffective portion are recognised in the income statement, both to the 
extent of the Group’s equity accounted investment.

Dividends
Dividends to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability  
in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which the dividends 
are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

89

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Critical accounting judgments and estimates

for the year ended 31 December 2014

The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires the Company’s 
management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect 
the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, 
liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates. Assumptions and estimates are reviewed on an ongoing basis and 
any revisions to them are recognised in the period in which they are revised.

The following items are those that management consider to be critical due  
to the level of judgment and estimation required: 
• Accounting for construction and service contracts 

Recognition of revenue and profit is based on judgments made in respect 
of the ultimate profitability of a contract. Such judgments are arrived  
at through the use of estimates in relation to the costs and value of  
work performed to date and to be performed in bringing contracts to 
completion, including satisfaction of maintenance responsibilities. These 
estimates are made by reference to recovery of pre-contract costs, 
surveys of progress against the construction programme, changes in work 
scope, the contractual terms under which the work is being performed, 
including the recoverability of any unagreed income from variations and 
the likely outcome of discussions on claims, costs incurred and external 
certification of the work performed. The Group has appropriate control 
procedures to ensure all estimates are determined on a consistent basis 
and subject to appropriate review and authorisation.

• Impairment of work in progress 

In assessing whether work in progress is impaired, estimates are made  
of future sales revenue, timing and build costs. The Group has controls  
in place to ensure that estimates of sales revenue are consistent, and 
external valuations are used where appropriate.

• Goodwill and intangible assets  

IFRS 3 requires the identification of acquired intangible assets as part  
of a business combination. The methods used to value such intangible  
assets require the use of estimates. Future results are impacted by  
the amortisation periods adopted and changes to the estimated useful 
lives would result in different effects on the income statement and  
balance sheet.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested at least annually for impairment, 
along with the finite life intangible assets and other assets of the Group’s 
cash-generating units. Tests for impairment are based on discounted  
cash flows and assumptions (including discount rates, timing and growth 
prospects) which are inherently subjective. The Group performs various 
sensitivity analyses in respect of the tests for impairment, as detailed 
in note 9.

The useful lives of the Group’s finite life intangible assets are reviewed 
following the tests for impairment annually.

• Recognition and measurement of the fair value of shared  

equity loans 
The Group’s balance sheet includes loans that arise on the sale of 
properties under shared equity home ownership schemes which are 
recognised and measured at fair value through profit or loss. The Group 
makes estimates of fair value of the loans on a portfolio basis. Key 
assumptions used by management in making these estimates include 
market value growth, the discount rate, the anticipated loan duration  
and the expected rate of debtor default. Assumptions made in relation  
to these inputs are set out in note 13 and have a material impact on  
the carrying value of the loan portfolio recognised on the balance sheet 
and the fair value movement recognised in the income statement.

• Provisions 

In valuing the provision for the Group’s retained insurance risks, 
assumptions are made on the rate of occurrence and severity of events  
for which the Group will bear liability and external valuations are used 
where appropriate. When valuing provisions for known legal claims, 
assessment of the likely success and value of any claim is based on  
internal and external advice.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Critical accounting judgments and estimates

90

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1  Revenue

An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Revenue from construction contracts 
Other services 

Construction revenue 

Regeneration revenue 

Total revenue 

Finance income of £1.0m (2013: £1.2m) is excluded from the table above.

2  Business segments

2014  
£m 

2013 
£m

1,867.5  
99.3  

1,817.2  
99.2

1,966.8  

1,916.4

253.0  

178.5

2,219.8  

2,094.9 

For management purposes, the Group is organised into five operating divisions and this is the basis on which financial information is presented to the chief 
operating decision maker. The divisions’ activities are as follows:
• Construction & Infrastructure: offers design, construction and infrastructure services, working on projects, and in frameworks and strategic alliances of all 
sizes. Markets include commercial, defence, education, energy, healthcare, industrial, leisure, retail, transport and water. The division’s professional services 
business offers multi-disciplinary engineering and design consultancy services.

• Fit Out: specialises in fit out and refurbishment projects. Overbury operates through multiple procurement routes in the commercial, central and local 

government office, further education and retail banking markets. Morgan Lovell specialises in workplace strategy and the interior design and build of offices.

• Affordable Housing: specialises in the delivery of complex regeneration schemes and in the design, build, refurbishment and maintenance of homes. 

Operates a full mixed-tenure model creating homes for rent, shared ownership and open market sale. The division’s response maintenance services include 
facilities management and planned and responsive repairs to social housing providers and public buildings.

• Urban Regeneration: works with landowners and public sector partners to unlock value from under-developed assets to bring about sustainable 

regeneration and urban renewal through the delivery of mixed-use and residential-led projects. Typically creates commercial, retail, residential, leisure  
and public realm facilities.

• Investments: creates long-term strategic partnerships to realise the potential of under-utilised assets, promotes sustained economic growth through 
regeneration and drives cost efficiencies through innovative and integrated estate management solutions. Markets include asset backed, education, 
healthcare and social care, residential, student accommodation, leisure and infrastructure. The division’s community solutions business provides 
management, project development and funding through a one-stop service, allowing partners to invest in local communities.

Group activities represents costs and income arising from corporate activities which cannot be meaningfully allocated to the operating segments.  
These include costs such as treasury management, corporate tax coordination, insurance management and company secretarial services. The analysis  
below includes the measures reported to the chief operating decision maker. The comparative data has been restated on a comparable basis.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2014 

External revenue 
Inter-segment revenue 

Total revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before 
  amortisation of intangible assets 
  and exceptional operating items 

Amortisation of intangible assets 
Exceptional operating items 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Other information: 
Average number of employees 
Total assets 

 Construction & 
Infrastructure 
£m 

1,159.0  
12.7  

1,171.7  

Fit Out 
£m 

503.6  
3.3  

Affordable 
Housing 
£m 

Urban 
Regeneration 
£m 

Investments 
£m 

Group 
activities 
£m 

Eliminations 
£m 

Total 
£m

7
7
–
1
1
6

419.6  
3.0  

112.7  
– 

112.7  

24.9  
– 

24.9  

– 
– 

– 

–  
(19.0) 

2,219.8  
– 

(19.0)  2,219.8 

506.9  

422.6  

3.5 

– 
– 

3.5 

15.0 

– 
–  

15.0 

6.0 

(0.6) 
–  

5.4 

10.0 

(1.8) 
–  

8.2 

0.9 

(6.5) 

– 
–  

– 
–  

0.9 

(6.5) 

– 

– 
–  

– 

28.9 

(2.4) 
–

26.5

3,507 
514.1 

592 
193.0 

1,478 
247.6 

55 
135.5 

89 
14.9 

29 
402.6 

– 

5,750 
(452.2)  1,055.5

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

91

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

2  Business segments continued

2013

External revenue 
Inter-segment revenue 

Total revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before 
  amortisation of intangible assets  
  and exceptional operating items 

Amortisation of intangible assets 
Exceptional operating items 

Construction & 
Infrastructure 
£m 

1,234.4  
– 

1,234.4  

12.7 

–  
(14.7) 

Fit Out 
£m 

410.5  
16.8  

427.3  

10.9 

–  
–  

Operating profit/(loss) 

(2.0)  

10.9  

Affordable 
Housing 
£m 

Urban 
Regeneration 
£m 

Investments 
£m 

Group 
activities 
£m 

Eliminations 
£m 

Total 
£m

379.7  
1.3  

381.0  

8.6 

(0.7) 
– 

7.9  

61.6  
– 

61.6  

1.0 

(2.0) 
–  

(1.0) 

8.7  
– 

8.7  

6.1 

–  
– 

6.1  

– 
– 

– 

(5.7) 

–  
– 

(5.7) 

– 
(18.1) 

2,094.9  
– 

(18.1) 

2,094.9 

– 

–  
–  

–  

33.6 

(2.7) 
(14.7)

16.2

Other information: 
Average number of employees 
Total assets 

3,438 
547.1 

579 
133.8 

1,567 
213.0 

53 
99.8 

91 
15.5 

24 
363.8 

– 
(407.7) 

5,752 
965.3 

During the year ended 31 December 2014 and the year ended 31 December 2013, inter-segment sales were charged at prevailing market prices and 
significantly all of the Group’s operations were carried out in the UK.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

3  Profit for the year

Profit before tax for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Exceptional operating items – impairment of trade and other receivables in relation to four older construction contracts 
Government grants 

Auditor’s remuneration 

Audit of the Company’s annual report  
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries and joint ventures 

Total audit fees 

Other services 

Total non-audit fees 

Total fees 

4  Staff costs

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs (note 19) 

2014  
£m 

– 
(3.1) 

2014  
£m 

0.1  
0.6  

0.7  

0.1  

0.1  

0.8  

2013  
£m

14.7 
(0.7) 

2013  
£m

0.1  
0.7 

0.8 

0.1 

0.1 

0.9 

2014  
£m 

285.2  
31.7  
8.9  

325.8  

2013  
£m

276.2  
31.0  
8.4 

315.6 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

2013  
£m

1.0  
0.2 

1.2 

(1.3) 
(0.3) 
(1.2) 
(0.7)

(3.5)

(2.3)

2013  
£m

1.0  
0.3 

1.3 

(2.3) 
(0.1)

(2.4)

(1.1)

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

5  Finance income and expense

Interest receivable from joint ventures 
Other interest income 

Finance income 

Interest payable on bank overdrafts and borrowings 
Interest payable on finance leases 
Loan arrangement and commitment fees 
Other interest payable 

Finance expense 

Net finance expense 

2014  
£m 

0.8  
0.2  

1.0  

(1.6) 
(0.3) 
(1.9) 
(0.9) 

(4.7) 

(3.7) 

Included within other interest payable in 2014 is discount unwind of £0.5m (2013: £0.6m) in relation to deferred consideration on the acquisition of an 
increased investment in a joint venture and £0.4m (2013: £nil) discount unwind on deferred land payments.

6  Tax 

Current tax expense: 
UK corporation tax 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 

Deferred tax (credit)/expense:  
Current year 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 

Income tax expense/(credit) for the year 

Corporation tax is calculated at 21.50% (2013: 23.25%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year.

2014  
£m 

3.4  
0.9  

4.3  

0.8  
(0.3) 

0.5  

4.8  

In 2014 a net tax charge of £4.8m has arisen, comprising a current tax charge of £4.3m and a deferred tax charge of £0.5m (2013: net tax credit £1.1m).  
The table below reconciles the tax charge for the year to tax at the UK statutory rate:

Current tax expense: 
Profit before tax 
Less: post tax share of profits from joint ventures 

UK corporation tax rate 
Income tax expense at UK corporation tax rate 

Tax effect of:  
Gain on disposal of joint ventures not giving rise to a tax liability 
Non-taxable income and expenses 
Tax liability upon joint venture profits1 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Expected forthcoming change in tax rates upon deferred tax balance 
Other 

Income tax (credit)/expense for the year 

1  Certain of the Group’s joint ventures are partnerships for which profits are taxed within the Group rather than within the joint venture. 

2014  
£m 

22.8  
(6.3) 

16.5  
21.50% 
3.5  

2013  
£m

13.9  
(0.9)

13.0  
23.25% 
3.0  

(0.4) 
(0.2) 
1.1  
0.6  
– 
0.2  

4.8 

(2.3) 
0.2  
–  
0.2  
(2.5) 
0.3 

(1.1) 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

93

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

7  Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year: 

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2013 of 15.0p per share 
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2012 of 15.0p per share 
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2014 of 12.0p per share 
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2013 of 12.0p per share 

2014  
£m 

6.4  
–  
5.1  
–  

11.5  

2013  
£m

–  
6.4  
–  
5.1 

11.5 

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2014 of 15.0p per share is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been 
included as a liability in these financial statements. 

8  Earnings per share

Profit attributable to the owners of the Company 
Adjustments: 
  Exceptional operating items net of tax 
Intangible amortisation net of tax 

  Deferred tax credit arising due to change in UK corporation tax rates 

Adjusted earnings 

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (m) 
Dilutive effect of share options and conditional shares not vested (m) 

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (m) 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted earnings per share  
Diluted adjusted earnings per share  

Notes 

6 

2014  
£m 

18.1  

–  
1.9  
– 

20.0  

42.8  
0.7  

43.5  

42.3p 
41.6p 

46.7p 
46.0p 

2013  
£m

15.1  

11.3  
2.1  
(2.5)

26.0 

42.7  
0.6 

43.3 

35.4p 
34.9p

60.9p 
60.0p

The average market value of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive effect of share options and long-term incentive plan shares  
was based on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding. The weighted average share price for the year was £7.70 (2013: £6.46).

A total of 268,056 share options that could potentially dilute earnings per share in the future were excluded from the above calculations because they were 
anti-dilutive at 31 December 2014 (2013: 698,089).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

9  Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost or valuation 
1 January 2013 
Disposals 

1 January 2014 and 31 December 2014 

Accumulated amortisation 
1 January 2013 
Amortisation 

1 January 2014 
Amortisation 

31 December 2014 

Net book value at 31 December 2014 
Net book value at 31 December 2013 

7
7
–
1
1
6

Goodwill 
£m 

213.9  
– 

213.9  

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

213.9  
213.9  

Other 
intangible 
assets 
£m 

30.8  
(0.9) 

29.9  

(20.6) 
(2.7) 

(23.3) 
(2.4) 

(25.7) 

4.2  
6.6  

Total 
£m

244.7  
(0.9)

243.8 

(20.6) 
(2.7)

(23.3) 
(2.4)

(25.7)

218.1  
220.5 

Other intangible assets represent contracts and related relationships where there is a historical experience of a relationship and the real prospective opportunity 
of repeat work. Other intangible assets will be fully amortised by 2019.

Goodwill represents the value of people, track record and expertise acquired within acquisitions that are not capable of being individually identified and separately 
recognised. Goodwill is allocated at acquisition to the cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination. The allocation is as 
follows: Construction & Infrastructure £151.1m (2013: £151.1m), Affordable Housing excluding Response Maintenance £46.8m (2013: £46.8m) and Urban 
Regeneration £16.0m (2013: £16.0m).

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

94

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

9  Goodwill and other intangible assets continued

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. In testing goodwill and  
other intangible assets for impairment, the recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit has been determined from value in use calculations. The key 
assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the forecast revenue and margin, discount rates and long-term growth rates by market 
sector. Forecast revenue and margin are based on past performance, secured workload and workload likely to be achievable in the short to medium term, 
given trends in the relevant market sector as well as macroeconomic factors.

Cash flow forecasts have been determined by using Board approved budgets and strategic plans for the next five years. Cash flows beyond five years  
have been extrapolated using an estimated nominal growth rate of 2.2% (2013: 2.4%). This growth rate does not exceed the long-term average for the 
relevant markets.

Discount rates are pre-tax and reflect the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the cash-generating units.  
The risk-adjusted nominal rates used for the cash-generating units with goodwill balances are 11.5% (2013: 11.5%) for Construction & Infrastructure,  
12.0% (2013: 12.0%) for Affordable Housing excluding Response Maintenance and 13.0% (2013: 13.0%) for Urban Regeneration.

In carrying out this exercise, no impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets has been identified.

The Group performed various sensitivity analyses which involved reducing future cash flows from 2015 to 2018 in use by 25%, reducing terminal growth 
rates to nil or increasing pre-tax discount rates by 100 bps. The results of these analyses showed that the value in use of the cash-generating units continued 
to exceed their carrying value.

10  Property, plant and equipment

Cost 
1 January 2013 
Additions 
Disposals 

1 January 2014 
Additions 
Disposals 

31 December 2014 

Accumulated depreciation 
1 January 2013 
Depreciation charge 
Disposals during the year 

1 January 2014 
Depreciation charge 
Disposals 

31 December 2014 

Freehold 
property and 
land 
£m 

Plant, 
Leased  machinery and 
equipment 
£m 

property 
£m 

Total 
£m

50.3  
3.9  
(2.3)

51.9  
5.9  
(1.0)

39.9  
2.8  
(1.5) 

41.2  
2.7  
(0.8) 

43.1  

56.8 

(25.2) 
(4.5) 
1.0  

(28.7) 
(3.7) 
0.6  

(30.2) 
(5.2) 
1.8 

(33.6) 
(4.8) 
0.8 

8.0  
1.1  
(0.8) 

8.3  
0.8  
(0.2) 

8.9  

(5.0) 
(0.7) 
0.8  

(4.9) 
(1.1) 
0.2  

(5.8) 

(31.8) 

(37.6)

2.4  
– 
– 

2.4  
2.4  
– 

4.8  

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Net book value at 31 December 2014 
Net book value at 31 December 2013 

4.8  
2.4  

3.1  
3.4  

11.3  
12.5  

19.2  
18.3 

The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. The carrying value of plant, machinery and equipment which 
is subject to finance leases is £3.2m (2013: £4.3m). No other assets have been pledged to secure borrowings.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

11  Investment property

Valuation  
1 January 
Disposals 

31 December 

2014  
£m 

10.0  
(0.5) 

9.5 

2013  
£m

11.3  
(1.3)

10.0 

Investment properties comprise certain residential properties constructed by the Group as part of larger mixed-tenure projects for rental to social or private 
residential clients.

The property rental income earned by the Group from its investment property, which is leased out under operating leases with terms of between six months 
and two years, amounted to £0.5m (2013: £0.5m). Direct operating expenses arising on properties generating rent and vacant properties in the year 
amounted to £0.2m (2013: £0.2m). 

All operating lease contracts contain market review clauses in the event that the lessee exercises its option to renew. The lessee does not have an option  
to purchase the property at the expiry of the lease period.

The Group does not have any contractual obligations for the repairs or maintenance of its investment properties.

The fair value of the Group’s investment property at 31 December 2014 is based on a valuation carried out at that date by the directors. The valuation,  
which conforms to International Valuation Standards, was determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices  
for similar properties. The fair value measurement is classified as Level 3 as defined by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

12  Investments in joint ventures

The Group has the following interests in significant joint ventures:

Ashton Moss Developments Limited 50% share
Ashton Moss Developments Limited is a joint venture with Stayley Developments and has developed a mixed-use site in Manchester.

Bromley Park (Holdings) Limited 50% share
Bromley Park (Holdings) Limited is a joint venture with Taylor Wimpey and has developed a site for housing in Kent acquired from the Ministry of Defence.

Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited 50% share
Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited is a joint venture with Infrastructure Investments (Roads) Limited and is responsible for the upgrade and operation  
of the A92 between Dundee and Arbroath in Scotland.

English Cities Fund Limited Partnership 12.5% equity participation
English Cities Fund is a limited partnership with the Homes and Communities Agency and Legal & General to develop mixed-use regeneration schemes  
in assisted areas. Joint control is exercised through the board of the general partner at which each partner is represented by two directors and no decision  
can be taken without the agreement of a director representing each partner.

HB Community Solutions Living Limited 50% share
HB Community Solutions Living Limited is a joint venture with the founders of HB Villages Limited and is developing supported independent living 
accommodation for adults with learning and physical disabilities across the UK Joint control is exercised through the board of directors which includes three 
members appointed by the holders of each class of ordinary shares.

hub West Scotland Limited 54% share
hub West Scotland Limited is a joint venture with Scottish Futures Trust Investments Limited, East Dunbartonshire Council, East Renfrewshire Council, West 
Dunbartonshire Council, Glasgow City Council, Greater Glasgow Health Board, The Board of Strathclyde Fire and Rescue, Strathclyde Joint Police Board and 
Clydebank Property Company Limited. The joint venture is delivering a pipeline of public sector health, education and community projects in the Glasgow area.

ISIS Waterside Regeneration Limited Partnership 50% equity participation
ISIS Waterside Regeneration is a joint venture with British Waterways to undertake regeneration of waterside sites.

Leyton Mount Development LLP 50% share
Leyton Mount Development LLP is a special purpose vehicle of The Bournemouth Development Company LLP which is developing a residential block of flats 
and commercial space within Bournemouth.

Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited 50% share
Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited is a joint venture with United Utilities and is developing new office space and ancillary facilities  
at Warrington in Cheshire.

Morgan-Vinci Limited 50% share
Morgan-Vinci Limited is a joint venture with Vinci Newport DBFO Ltd and is responsible for the construction and operation of the Newport Southern 
Distributor Road.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

96

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

12  Investments in joint ventures continued

Slough Regeneration Partnership LLP 50% share
The Slough Regeneration Partnership LLP is a partnership with Slough Borough Council to operate a Local Asset Backed Vehicle (‘LABV’) developing a series  
of sites in Slough over an initial term of 15 years extendable by 10 years.

St Andrews Brae Developments Limited 50% share
St Andrews Brae Developments Limited is a joint venture with Miller Homes which is developing residential housing and apartments in Bearsden, Glasgow.

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP 50% share
The Bournemouth Development Company LLP is a partnership with Bournemouth Borough Council to operate a LABV developing a series of sites in 
Bournemouth over a 20-year period.

The Compendium Group Limited 50% share
The Compendium Group Limited is a joint venture with The Riverside Group Limited and is a company formed to carry out strategic development and 
regeneration projects of a primarily residential nature.

Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP 50% partner
Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP is a joint venture with Umberslade which is developing the first phase of residential apartments within the Harbourside 
Regeneration Area of Bristol.

Investments in equity accounted joint ventures are as follows:

1 January 
Equity accounted share of net profits 
Increase in investment 
Investment repayment 
Non-cash impairment 
Disposals (see below) 
Dividends received 
Movement on cash flow hedges 

31 December 

2014  
£m 

54.0  
6.3  
13.2  
(12.3) 
(1.0) 
(4.2) 
(0.8) 
(0.2) 

55.0  

2013  
£m

62.2  
0.9  
4.0  
(0.4) 
–  
(12.5) 
(0.4) 
0.2 

54.0 

All of the dividends received in the current and prior year were paid in cash.

Disposals
On 26 June 2014 the Group sold its 33.3% interest in Hull Esteem Consortium PSP Limited, a private sector investor in the Hull Building Schools for the Future 
programme, for cash consideration of £5.9m. The gain on disposal was £1.7m. The disposal was in line with the Group’s strategy of realising investments  
as they mature in order to redeploy capital into new projects. The Group’s share of the results of the joint venture up to the date of disposal is included within 
the Investments operating segment as the criteria to be included as discontinued operations were not met.

Summarised financial information related to equity accounted joint ventures is set out below. Other includes joint ventures that are not individually material.

Non-current assets (100%) 
Current assets (100%) 
Current liabilities (100%) 
Non-current liabilities (100%) 

Net assets reported by equity accounting joint ventures (100%) 

Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest (50%) 
Other adjustments 

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture 

Revenue (100%) 
Expenses (100%) 

Net profit/(loss) (100%) 

ISIS Waterside Regeneration LP 

Other

2014 
£m 

– 
67.3 
(19.1) 
– 

48.2 

 24.1 
(0.1) 

24.0 

31.2 
(24.4) 

6.8 

2013 
£m 

– 
70.6 
(18.3) 
– 

52.3 

26.2 
(0.5) 

25.7

10.0 
(9.2) 

0.8 

2014 
£m 

125.8 
196.0 
(64.5) 
(191.9) 

65.4 

2013 
£m

381.4     
154.9 
(77.0) 
(397.9)

61.4

118.0 
(110.9) 

7.1 

92.8 
(93.5)

(0.7)

At 31 December 2014, ISIS Waterside Regeneration LP had current loans of £14.9m (2013: £15.4m) and incurred £0.4m of finance expense for the year 
(2013: £0.3m).

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

97

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

12  Investments in joint ventures continued

Results of equity accounted joint ventures:

Group share of profit before tax 
Group share of tax 

Group share of profit after tax 

13  Shared equity loan receivables

1 January 
Additions arising from the sale of properties 
Net change in fair value recognised in the income statement 
Repayments 

31 December 

2014  
£m 

6.3  
– 

6.3 

2014  
£m 

19.7  
–  
1.8  
(1.1) 

20.4  

2013  
£m

1.2  
(0.3)

0.9 

2013  
£m

19.2  
0.8  
0.2  
(0.5)

19.7 

During the year, there were repayments of shared equity loan receivables of £1.1m (2013: £0.5m). All repayments were at values at or above the values  
held in the accounts. 

The Group’s maximum credit exposure is limited to the carrying value of the shared equity loan receivables granted. The Group’s credit risk is partially mitigated 
as the shared equity loan receivables are secured by way of a second charge over the property. The change in the fair value attributable to a change in the 
credit risk during the year was £nil (2013: £0.2m). There was one default during the year (2013: no defaults).

Basis of valuation and assumptions made
There is no directly observable fair value for individual loans arising from the sale of specific properties under the scheme, and therefore the Group has 
developed a model for determining the fair value of the portfolio of loans based on national property prices, expected property price increases, expected loan 
defaults and a discount factor which reflects the interest rate expected on an instrument of similar risk and duration in the market. Details of the key 
assumptions made in this valuation are as follows:

Assumption 
Period over which shared equity loan receivables are discounted: 
  – First Buy and Home Buy schemes 
  – Other schemes 
Nominal discount rate  
Weighted average nominal annual property price increase  
Forecast default rate 
Number of properties sold under the shared equity scheme for which a loan was outstanding at the year end 
Weighted average shared equity loan contribution (being the Group’s weighted average loan as 
  a proportion of the selling price of a property) 

2014  

2013 

20 years  
9 years 
6.7%  
3.2%  
2.0%  
709  

20 years  
8 years 
7.0%  
2.2%  
2.0%  
749  

24%  

24% 

The fair value measurement for shared equity loan receivables is classified as Level 3 as defined by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

Sensitivity analysis
At 31 December 2014, if the nominal discount rate had been 100bps higher at 7.7% and all other variables were held constant, the fair value of the shared 
equity loan receivables would decrease by £0.9m with a corresponding reduction in both the result for the year and equity (excluding the effects of tax).

At 31 December 2014, if the period over which the shared equity loan receivables (excluding those relating to the First Buy and Home Buy schemes) are 
discounted had been 10 years and all other variables were held constant, the fair value of the shared equity loan receivables would decrease by £0.7m with  
a corresponding reduction in both the result for the year and equity (excluding the effects of tax).

14  Inventories

Work in progress 

Work in progress comprises land and housing, commercial and mixed-use developments in the course of construction. 

2014  
£m 

2013  
£m

202.2  

161.0 

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

98

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

15  Trade and other receivables

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 16) 
Trade receivables (note 27) 
Amounts owed by joint ventures (note 26) 
Prepayments 
Other receivables 

2014  
£m 

241.5  
176.7  
3.3  
11.9  
9.0  

442.4 

2013  
£m

209.7  
149.2  
8.2  
5.8  
12.6 

385.5 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Trade receivables are stated after provisions for impairment losses of £8.3m (2013: £8.6m). None of the losses have been charged as exceptional operating 
items (2013: £6.1m).

16  Construction contracts

Amounts due from construction contract customers 
Amounts due to construction contract customers 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date 
Less: progress billings 

2014  
£m 

241.5  
(48.9) 

192.6  

2013  
£m

209.7  
(54.4)

155.3  

6,732.1  
(6,539.5) 

6,738.5  
(6,583.2)

192.6  

155.3 

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date and progress billings include contract activity which the Group has not recognised 
in the income statement as it occurred prior to historical acquisitions.

Amounts recoverable on construction contracts are stated at cost plus the profit attributable to that contract, less any impairment losses. Progress payments 
for construction contracts are deducted from amounts recoverable. Amounts due to construction contract customers represent amounts received in excess 
of revenue recognised on construction contracts.

17  Trade and other payables

Trade payables 
Amounts due to construction contract customers (note 16) 
Amounts owed to joint ventures (note 26) 
Other tax and social security 
Accrued expenses 
Deferred income 
Other payables 

2014  
£m 

167.7  
48.9  
0.2  
17.0  
429.2  
8.6  
18.5  

690.1  

2013 
£m

168.7  
54.4  
0.7  
25.2  
339.2  
5.1  
20.2 

613.5 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value. No interest was incurred on outstanding balances.

Current and non-current other payables include £nil and £13.6m respectively (2013: £4.7m and £13.1m) related to the discounted deferred consideration 
due on the acquisition of an additional interest in ISIS Waterside Regeneration Partnership.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

99

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

18  Finance lease liabilities

Amounts payable under finance leases: 
Within one year 
In the second to fifth years inclusive 

Less: future finance charges 

Present value of lease obligations 

Current lease liability 

Non-current lease liability 

Minimum lease 
payments 

Capital element  
of lease payments

2014  
£m 

1.8  
2.6  

4.4  

(0.3) 

4.1  

2013 
£m 

1.8  
4.2  

6.0  

(0.6) 

5.4  

2014  
£m 

1.6  
2.5  

4.1  

N/A  

4.1  

1.6  

2.5  

4.1  

2013  
£m

1.5  
3.9 

5.4 

N/A 

5.4 

1.5 

3.9 

5.4 

It is the Group’s policy to lease certain of its property, plant and equipment under finance leases. The average lease term is seven years (2013: six years).  
For the year ended 31 December 2014, the average effective borrowing rate was 5% (2013: 6%). Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. All leases  
are on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.

All lease obligations are denominated in sterling. The fair value of the Group’s lease obligations approximates to their carrying amount.

19  Retirement benefit schemes

Defined contribution plan
The Morgan Sindall Retirement Benefits Plan (‘the Retirement Plan’) was established on 31 May 1995 and currently operates on defined contribution 
principles for employees of the Group. The assets of the Retirement Plan are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of the 
Trustees of the Retirement Plan. The total cost charged to the income statement of £8.9m (2013: £8.3m) represents contributions payable to the defined 
contribution section of the Retirement Plan by the Group.

As at 31 December 2014, contributions of £1.1m (2013: £1.2m) were due in respect of December’s contribution not paid over to the Retirement Plan.  
The Company, with the consent of the Trustees, can decide how to use monies held in a defined contribution general account.

Defined benefit plan
The Retirement Plan includes a defined benefit section comprising liabilities and transfers of funds representing the accrued benefit rights of active and 
deferred members and pensioners of pension plans of companies which are now part of the Group. These include salary-related benefits for members  
in respect of benefits accrued before 31 May 1995 (and benefits transferred in from The Snape Group Limited Retirement Benefits Scheme accrued up  
to 1 August 1997). No further defined benefit membership rights can accrue after those dates. The scheme duration is an indicator of the weighted-average 
time until benefit payments are made. For the scheme as a whole, the duration is around 15 years.

The last triennial valuation of the Retirement Plan was undertaken on 5 April 2013. The ongoing liabilities of the Retirement Plan were assessed using the 
projected unit credit method and the assets were taken at realisable market value. The actuarial valuation also showed that the defined benefit liabilities were 
partly funded and the value of the assets of £9.2m represented 77% of the value of these liabilities on an ongoing funding basis. The next triennial valuation  
is due to be undertaken as at 5 April 2016.

The present value of the defined benefit liabilities were measured using the projected unit credit method. The following table shows the key assumptions used:

Key assumptions used: 
Discount rate 
Expected return on Retirement Plan assets 
Expected rate of salary increases 
Rate of inflation 
Rate of future pension increases1 
Average life expectancy for pensioner retiring now at age 65 (years) 
Average life expectancy for pensioner retiring in 20 years at age 65 (years) 

1  Depending on their date of joining, members receive pension increases of 3.0% or 3.5%.

2014  
% 

2013  
%

3.4  
2.9  
4.1  
2.1  
3.0–3.5  
87.4  
89.4  

4.4  
4.0  
4.5  
2.5  
3.0–3.5  
87.4  
89.2 

The charge for the year has been included in finance expense. Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the statement of comprehensive income.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

19  Retirement benefit schemes continued

Movements in the value of the Retirement Plan assets and in the present value of the Retirement Plan liabilities were as follows:

1 January 
Finance income/(expense) 
Actuarial gains/(losses) 
Contributions from sponsoring company 
Benefits paid 

31 December 

2014 

Assets 
£m 

Liabilities 
£m 

9.3  
0.4  
1.3  
0.7  
(0.4) 

(9.3) 
(0.4) 
(1.2) 
– 
0.4  

11.3  

(10.5) 

Total 
£m 

– 
– 
0.1  
0.7  
– 

0.8  

Assets 
£m 

8.9  
0.3  
(0.4) 
0.7  
(0.2) 

9.3  

2013

Liabilities 
£m 

(10.4) 
(0.4) 
1.3  
– 
0.2  

(9.3) 

The effect on the defined benefit liabilities of changing the key financial assumptions is set out below:

Decrease in discount rate of 100bps 
Increase in inflation rate of 100bps 
Increase in average life expectancy of one year 

The amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income were as follows:

Actuarial gain recognised during the year 
Cumulative actuarial loss recognised 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Total 
£m

(1.5) 
(0.1) 
0.9  
0.7  
– 

– 

Increase in  
liabilities 
£m

1.6  
0.5  
0.4 

2014  
£m 

0.1  
(2.8)  

2013  
£m

0.9 
(2.9) 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

The Retirement Plan assets comprise 56% corporate bonds (2013: 55%), 43% gilts (2013: 44%) and 1% cash (2013: 1%).

The expected return on the Retirement Plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets underlying the current 
investment policy. Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption yields as at the balance sheet date.

The history of the Retirement Plan assets, liabilities and deficit is as follows:

Present value of the Retirement Plan liabilities 
Fair value of the Retirement Plan assets 

Surplus/(deficit) in the Retirement Plan 

2014  
£m 

(10.5) 
11.3  

0.8  

2013  
£m 

(9.3) 
9.3  

– 

2012  
£m 

(10.4) 
8.9  

(1.5) 

2011  
£m 

(9.4) 
8.1  

(1.3) 

2010 
£m

(8.5) 
6.6 

(1.9) 

The amount of contributions expected to be paid to the Retirement Plan during 2015 is £0.7m (2014: £0.7m).

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

20  Deferred tax

1 January 2013 
Reclassification 
Credit/(charge) to income statement 
Credit to equity 
Effect of change in tax rate: 

Income statement 

1 January 2014 
Credit/(charge) to income statement 
Credit/(charge) to equity 

31 December 2014 

Asset 
amortisation 
and 
depreciation 
£m 

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
and tax losses 
£m 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligation 
£m 

Share-based 
payments 
£m 

(19.1) 
– 
0.1  
– 

2.5  

(16.5) 
– 
– 

(16.5) 

(0.5) 
0.4  
– 
– 

– 

(0.1) 
(0.3) 
– 

(0.4) 

0.3  
– 
(0.3) 
– 

– 

– 
– 
(0.2) 

(0.2) 

0.3  
– 
0.1  
0.2  

– 

0.6  
(0.2) 
0.2  

0.6  

Total 
£m

(19.0) 
0.4  
(0.1) 
0.2  

2.5 

(16.0) 
(0.5) 
–

(16.5)

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, as shown above, have been offset as the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so.

At 31 December 2014, the Group had unused tax losses of £3.5m (2013: £3.0m) available for offset against future profits. No deferred tax asset has been 
recognised in respect of these losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams against which the losses may be utilised. Losses may be carried 
forward indefinitely. In 2013 a deferred tax asset of £0.2m was recognised in respect of £0.8m of losses, which were significantly all utilised during 2014.

The UK corporation tax rate is set to reduce to 20% in 2015. All closing deferred tax balances have been calculated using a rate of 20% as they will not 
materially reverse before the tax rate change is effective.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

21  Provisions

Current liabilities 

1 January 2013 
Utilised 
Released 

1 January 2014 
Utilised 

31 December 2014 

Employee 
provisions 
£m 

3.0  
(0.3) 
(0.5) 

2.2  
(1.0) 

1.2  

Total 
£m

3.0  
(0.3) 
(0.5)

2.2  
(1.0)

1.2 

Employee provisions relate to redundancy and other costs associated with contracts that did not novate to the Group on the acquisition of certain trade 
and assets.

Non-current liabilities 

1 January 2013 
Utilised 
Additions 
Released 

1 January 2014 
Utilised 
Additions 
Released 

31 December 2014 

Employee  
provisions 
£m 

Insurance 
provisions 
£m 

0.4  
– 
–  
–  

0.4  
– 
–  
–  

0.4  

12.1  
(1.9) 
4.0  
(1.0) 

13.2  
(2.5) 
3.2  
– 

13.9  

Other 
£m 

12.0  
(1.3) 
0.7  
(2.8) 

8.6  
(1.0) 
0.2  
(5.5) 

2.3  

Total 
£m

24.5  
(3.2) 
4.7  
(3.8)

22.2  
(3.5) 
3.4  
(5.5)

16.6 

Employee provisions comprise obligations to former employees other than retirement or post-retirement obligations.

Insurance provisions comprise the Group’s self-insurance of certain risks and include £2.4m (2013: £2.3m) held in the Group’s captive insurance company, 
Newman Insurance Company Limited.

Other provisions include onerous lease commitments, property dilapidations and legal claims. The amount released during the year relates to property 
dilapidation and onerous lease provisions within Construction & Infrastructure, which were no longer required.

The majority of the non-current provisions are expected to be utilised within five years.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

22  Operating lease commitments

At 31 December, the Group had the following future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases:

Within one year 
Within two to five years 
After more than five years 

31 December 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

6.4  
11.4  
4.7  

22.5  

2014 

Other 
£m 

5.1  
5.5  
–  

10.6  

Total 
£m 

11.5  
16.9  
4.7  

33.1  

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

7.7  
15.1  
1.4  

24.2  

2013

Other 
£m 

5.7  
6.9  
– 

12.6  

Total 
£m

13.4  
22.0  
1.4 

36.8 

The operating lease expense in the year was £11.3m (2013: £14.8m).

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain properties and other items.

Leases are negotiated for an average term of three years (2013: three years) and rentals are fixed for an average of three years (2013: three years).

23  Contingent liabilities

Group banking facilities and surety bond facilities are supported by cross guarantees given by the Company and participating companies in the Group.  
There are contingent liabilities in respect of surety bond facilities, guarantees and claims under contracting and other arrangements, including joint 
arrangements and joint ventures entered into in the normal course of business.

As at 31 December 2014, contract bonds in issue under uncommitted facilities covered £208.1m (2013: £185.3m) of contract commitments of the Group.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

24  Share capital

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 5p each: 
1 January 
Exercise of share options 

31 December 

2014 

2013

Number 

£m 

Number 

£m

  43,259,364  
820,201  

  44,079,565  

2.2  
–  

2.2  

43,225,488  
33,876  

43,259,364  

2.2  
– 

2.2 

All issued ordinary shares are fully paid. Ordinary shares are entitled to dividends when declared and each share carries the right to one vote at a meeting  
of the Company.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Shares
820,201 shares were issued during 2014 in respect of options exercised under The Morgan Sindall Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘the SAYE Scheme’) 
for a total consideration of £4.0m (2013: 33,876 shares were issued for a total consideration of £0.2m). No other shares were issued during the year.

7
7
–
1
1
6

Own shares
Own shares at cost represent 545,767 (2013: 575,397) shares in the Company held in the Trust in connection with The Morgan Sindall Employee Share 
Option Plan 2007 (‘ESOP 2007’), The Morgan Sindall Executive Remuneration Plan 2005 (‘ERP 2005’), The Morgan Sindall 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan 
(‘2014 LTIP’) and The Morgan Sindall 2014 Share Option Plan (‘2014 SOP’). The Trustees of the Trust purchase the Company’s shares in the open market  
with financing provided by the Company on the basis of regular reviews of the share liabilities of the relevant schemes. All of the shares held by the Trust  
were unallocated at the year end and dividends on these shares have been waived. Based on the Company’s share price at 31 December 2014 of £6.20 
(2013: £7.55), the market value of the shares was £3.4m (2013: £4.3m).

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

25  Share-based payments

The Group recognised a share option expense of £0.7m (2013: £1.2m) related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions. The Group has five share 
option schemes: 2014 LTIP, 2014 SOP, ESOP 2007, ERP 2005 and SAYE. Details of the vesting conditions and other information of these schemes are set out 
in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 58 to 71.

Details of the share awards and options granted during the year and the valuation methodology are as follows:

Number of shares/options granted 
Weighted average fair value at date of grant (per share) 
Weighted average share price at date of grant 
Weighted average exercise price 
Valuation model 

Expected term (from date of grant) 
Expected volatility1 
Expected dividend yield2 
Risk free rate 

Share awards under 2014 LTIP

Awards  
with TSR 
condition 

173,323  
£1.59 
£7.96 
N/A 
Stochastic 

3 years 
28.5% 
0.0% 
0.4% 

Awards 
with EPS 
condition 

Share 
options under 
ESOP 2007

173,323  
£7.96 
£7.96 
N/A 
Black- 
Scholes 
3 years 
N/A 
0.0% 
0.4% 

40,000  
£1.28 
£6.54 
£6.40 
Black- 
 Scholes 
3 years 
N/A 
0.0% 
0.4%

1   For the share awards with a TSR condition volatility has been calculated over the period of time commensurate with the expected award term immediately prior to the date of grant. 

2   Under the 2014 LTIP, award holders may receive the value of any dividends paid during the vesting period in respect of their vested shares at the end of the vesting period. Consequently, 

the fair value is not discounted for value lost in respect of dividends.

The following table provides a summary of the options granted under the Group’s employee share option schemes during the current and comparative year:

Outstanding at 1 January 
Granted during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December 
Weighted average remaining contractual life 

2014 

2013

Number 
of share 
options 

3,217,776  
40,000  
(704,962) 
(919,201) 

1,633,613  

  1,066,016  
2.9 years 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (£) 

6.04  
6.40  
6.23  
5.13  

6.48  

9.93  

Number  
of share 
options 

3,763,414  
609,109  
(885,624) 
(269,123) 

3,217,776  

710,782  
3.7 years 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (£)

6.49  
4.37  
6.91  
5.73 

6.04 

8.36  

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was £6.86 (2013: £6.47).

The options outstanding at 31 December 2014 had exercise prices ranging from £4.37 to £15.81.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

26  Related party transactions

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. 
Transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed below. All were on an arm’s length basis.

Trading transactions
During the year, Group companies entered into transactions to provide construction and property development services with related parties, all of which were 
joint ventures, not members of the Group. Transactions and amounts owed at the year end in relation to joint ventures are as follows:

Provision of goods 
and services 

Amounts owed by/(to) 
related parties

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2014  
£m 

– 
– 
0.1 
2.4  
– 
1.9  
– 
0.2  
0.3  
0.2 
0.1  
4.1  
12.5  
6.6  
– 
– 
0.4  
7.0  
0.2  
0.9  

36.9  

2013 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
1.3  
– 
0.1  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
22.3  
0.2  
0.2  
– 
0.1  
13.7  
3.5  
– 
0.1  

41.5  

2014 
£m 

(0.1) 
– 
0.1  
– 
– 
– 
–  
0.2  
0.3  
0.2  
– 
– 
1.9  
0.1  
0.1  
– 
0.1  
– 
0.1  
0.1  

3.1  

2013  
£m

(0.1) 
(0.6) 
– 
– 
0.5  
– 
0.8  
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1  
– 
0.3  
0.4  
– 
2.5  
2.9  
0.1  
0.6 

7.5 

Amounts owed by/(to) 
related parties

2014 
£m 

3.3 
(0.2) 

3.1 

7
7
–
1
1
6

2013  
£m

8.2 
(0.7)

7.5 

2013  
£m

4.2  
0.3  
0.7  
0.6

5.8 

Joint venture 
Ashton Moss Developments Limited 
Bromley Park (Holdings) Limited 
Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited 
ECf (General Partner) Limited 
HB Community Solutions Holdings Limited 
HB Community Solutions Limited 
HB Community Solutions Living Limited 
HB Villages Development Limited 
HB Villages Limited 
HB Villages Tranche 2 Limited 
hub West Scotland Project Co 1 Limited 
Hull Esteem Consortium PSP Limited1 
Leyton Mount Development LLP 
Slough Regeneration Partnership Community Projects LLP 
St Andrews Brae Developments Limited 
Taycare Health (Holdings) Limited2 
The Bournemouth Development Company LLP 
The Compendium Group Limited 
Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP 
WellSpring Partnership Limited 

1  During 2014 the Group disposed of its interests in Hull Esteem Consortium PSP Limited (note 12).

2  During 2013 the Group disposed of its interests in Taycare Health (Holdings) Limited.

Amounts owed by related parties (note 15) 
Amounts owed to related parties (note 17) 

All transactions with related parties were made on an arm’s length basis.

Remuneration of key management personnel
The Group considers key management personnel to be the members of the group management team, and sets out below in aggregate, remuneration  
for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’.

Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Termination benefits 
Share option expense 

2014  
£m 

4.6 
0.4 
0.5 
0.4 

5.9 

Directors’ transactions
There have been no related party transactions with any director in the year or in the subsequent period to 19 February 2015.

Directors’ material interests in contracts with the Company
No director held any material interest in any contract with the Company or any Group company in the year or in the subsequent period to 19 February 2015.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

27  Financial instruments

Net cash 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, demand deposits and other short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known 
amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. Net cash  
is defined as cash and cash equivalents less borrowings and non-recourse project financing as shown below:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings due between two and five years 
Non-recourse project financing due after more than one year 

Net cash 

2014  
£m 

87.6  
(15.0) 
(16.9) 

55.7  

2013  
£m

92.8  
(15.0) 
(8.1)

69.7 

Included within cash and cash equivalents is £33.8m (2013: £24.7m) which is the Group’s share of cash held within jointly controlled operations.

During July 2014, the Group signed a new four-year £140m committed revolving loan facility with four banks, which will mature in September 2018. 
Additionally the Group still retains £30m of committed facilities maturing in 2016. £15.0m of these facilities were drawn at 31 December 2014 (2013: 
£15.0m). Additional project finance borrowings of £16.9m (2013: £8.1m) were drawn from separate facilities to fund specific projects. These project finance 
borrowings are without recourse to the remainder of the Group’s assets.

Average daily net debt during 2014 was £8.8m (2013: net debt £19.0m).

Financial risks and management
The Group has exposure to a variety of financial risks through the conduct of its operations. Risk management is governed by the Group’s operational policies, 
which are subject to periodic review by the Group’s internal audit team and twice-yearly review by management. The policies include written principles for the 
Group’s risk management as well as specific policies, guidelines and authorisation procedures in respect of specific risk mitigation techniques such as the use 
of derivative financial instruments. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

The following represent the key financial risks resulting from the Group’s use of financial instruments:
• credit risk
• liquidity risk
• market risk.

(a) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and results 
primarily from the Group’s trade receivables and amounts due from construction contract customers.

The degree to which the Group is exposed to this credit risk depends on the individual characteristics of the contract counterparty and the nature of the 
project. The Group’s credit risk is also influenced by general macroeconomic conditions. The Group does not have any significant concentration risk in respect 
of amounts due from construction contract customers or trade receivable balances at the reporting date with receivables spread across a wide range of 
customers. Due to the nature of the Group’s operations, it is normal practice for customers to hold retentions in respect of contracts completed. Retentions 
held by customers at 31 December 2014 were £60.4m (2013: £58.7m).

The Group manages its exposure to credit risk through the application of its credit risk management policies which specify the minimum requirements  
in respect of the creditworthiness of potential customers, assessed through reports from credit agencies, and the timing and extent of progress payments 
 in respect of contracts.

The risk management policies of the Group also specify procedures in respect of obtaining parent company guarantees or, in certain circumstances,  
use of escrow accounts which, in the event of default, mean that the Group may have a secure claim. The Group does not require collateral in respect  
of amounts due from construction contract customers or trade receivables.

The Group manages the collection of retentions through its post completion project monitoring procedures and ongoing contact with customers to  
ensure that potential issues that could lead to the non-payment of retentions are identified and addressed promptly. The Group assesses amounts due  
from construction contract customers and trade receivable balances for impairment and establishes a provision for impairment losses that represents  
its estimate of incurred losses.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

106

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

27  Financial instruments continued

The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

Not past due 
Past due 1 to 30 days 
Past due 31 to 120 days 
Past due 121 to 365 days 
Past due greater than one year 

The movement in the provision for impairment losses on trade receivables during the year was as follows:

1 January 
Amounts recovered during the year 
Other impairment losses recognised 

31 December 

2014 

2013

Gross trade 
receivables  
£m 

Provision for 
impairment 
losses  
£m 

Gross trade 
receivables  
£m 

Provision for 
impairment 
losses 
£m

122.2  
24.8  
7.1  
8.3  
22.6  

185.0  

– 
–  
–  
0.7  
7.6  

8.3  

105.2  
16.5  
6.2  
9.1  
20.8  

157.8  

2014  
£m 

8.6  
(0.3) 
– 

8.3  

–  
–  
0.1  
–  
8.5 

8.6 

2013  
£m

3.5  
(1.0)  
6.1

8.6 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

The average credit period on revenue is 29 days (2013: 26 days). No interest is charged on the trade receivables outstanding balance. Trade receivables 
overdue are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts.

Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £54.5m (2013: £44.0m) which are past due at the reporting date for 
which the Group has not provided as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the Group considers that the amounts are still recoverable. 
The average age of these receivables is 161 days (2013: 179 days).

In determining the recoverability of trade receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit  
was initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and spread across the Group’s 
operating segments. Accordingly, the directors believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the provision for impairment losses. 
No collateral is held by the Group as security.

At the reporting date, there were no trade and other receivables which have had renegotiated terms that would otherwise have been past due.

(b) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The ultimate responsibility for liquidity  
risk rests with the Board.

The Group aims to manage liquidity by ensuring that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stress 
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. 

Liquidity is provided through cash balances and committed bank loan facilities. Additional project finance borrowings were drawn during the year to fund 
specific projects. These project finance borrowings are without recourse to the remainder of the Group’s assets. 

The Group reports cash balances daily and invests surplus cash to maximise income whilst preserving credit quality. The Group prepares weekly short-term 
and monthly long-term cash forecasts, which are used to assess the Group’s expected cash performance and compare with the facilities available to the 
Group and the Group’s covenants.

Key risks to liquidity and cash balances are a downturn in contracting volumes, a decrease in the value of open market sales, deterioration in credit terms 
obtainable in the market from suppliers and subcontractors, a downturn in the profitability of work, delayed receipt of cash from customers and the risk  
that major clients or suppliers suffer financial distress leading to non-payment of debts or costly and time consuming reallocation and rescheduling of work. 
Certain measures and key performance indicators are continually monitored throughout the Group and used to quickly identify issues as they arise, enabling 
the Group to address them promptly.

Key amongst these are continual monitoring of the committed order book and the regeneration and development pipeline, including the status of orders  
and likely timescales for realisation so that contracting volumes are well understood; monitoring of overhead levels to ensure they remain appropriate to 
contracting volumes, weekly monitoring of open market house sales volumes and prices; continual monitoring of working capital exceptions (overdue debts 
and conversion of work performed into certificates and invoices); continual review of levels of current and forecast profitability on contracts; review of client 
and supplier credit references; and approval of credit terms with clients and suppliers to ensure they are appropriate.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

27  Financial instruments continued

The Group does not have any material derivative or non-derivative financial liabilities with the exception of trade and other payables, current tax  
liabilities, finance lease liabilities and retirement benefit obligations. Trade and other payables and current tax liabilities are generally non-interest bearing  
and, therefore, have no weighted average effective interest rates. Retirement benefit obligations are measured at the net of the present value of  
retirement benefit obligations and the fair value of the Retirement Plan assets. Finance lease liabilities are carried at the present value of the minimum  
lease payments. Trade and other payables are due to be settled in the Group’s normal operating cycle. An analysis of the maturity profile for finance 
lease liabilities is contained in note 18.

(c) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates or equity prices, will affect the Group’s income  
or the carrying amount of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to achieve a level of market risk that is within 
acceptable parameters as set out in the Group risk management framework.

Interest rate risk
The Group is not exposed to significant interest rate risk as it does not have significant interest bearing liabilities and its only interest bearing asset is cash 
invested on a short-term basis.

Certain of the Group’s equity accounted joint ventures enter into interest rate swaps to manage their exposure to interest rate risk arising on floating rate  
bank borrowings.

The Group’s share of joint ventures’ interest rate swap contract with nominal value of £14.9m (2013: interest rate swap contracts £14.9m) have fixed  
interest payments at an average rate of 5.1% (2013: 5.1%) for periods up until 2033.

The Group’s share of the fair value of swaps entered into at 31 December 2014 by joint ventures is estimated at a £0.8m liability (2013: £0.6m liability). 
These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date. All interest rate swaps are designated as hedging  
instruments and are effective as cash flow hedges. The fair value thereof has been taken to the hedging reserve.

Currency risk
The majority of the Group’s operations are carried out in the UK and the Group has an insignificant level of exposure to currency risk on sales and purchases. 
The Group’s policy is to hedge foreign currency transactions where they are material, at which point derivative financial instruments are entered into so as  
to hedge forecast or actual foreign currency exposures.

Capital management
The Board aims to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the 
business, and its approach to capital management is explained fully in the finance review on pages 29 and 30.

The capital structure of the Group consists of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the Company, comprising issued capital, 
reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. The cash and cash equivalents are supplemented by the 
£170m of committed bank facilities expiring in 2016 and beyond.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year and the Group is not subject to any capital requirements imposed  
by regulatory authorities.

7
7
–
1
1
6

28  Subsequent events

There were no significant subsequent events that affected the financial statements of the Group.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

108

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Financial statements

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Company financial 
statements

110  Company financial 
statements

112  Significant accounting policies
113  Notes to the Company 

financial statements
114  Shareholder information

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Company financial statements

109

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Company balance sheet

at 31 December 2014

Assets 
Tangible assets 
Investments 
Retirement benefit asset 

Fixed assets 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 
  – due within one year 
  – due after one year 
Corporation tax receivable 
Deferred tax asset 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Current assets 
Bank overdraft 
Finance lease obligations 
Trade payables 
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 
Corporation tax payable 
Other tax and social security 
Other payables 
Accrued expenses 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Bank loans 
Finance lease obligations 
Provision for liabilities 

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Net assets 

Shareholders’ funds 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Special reserve 
Profit and loss account 

Shareholders’ funds 

Notes 

2014  
£m 

2013  
£m

1  

2 

0.9  
374.6  
0.8  

376.3  

52.6  
59.0  
–  
0.7  
0.5  
2.2  
37.2  

152.2  
(110.3) 
(0.2) 
(0.6) 
(308.7) 
(0.9) 
(0.2) 
(0.6) 
(2.4) 

(423.9) 

(271.7) 

104.6  

(15.0) 
(0.1) 
(11.9) 

(27.0) 

77.6  

2.2  
30.9  
0.6  
13.7  
30.2  

77.6  

1.5  
374.6  
–

376.1  

45.3  
59.0  
1.1  
0.9  
5.3  
0.9  
50.2 

162.7  
(158.7) 
(0.1) 
(3.8) 
(269.1) 
–  
(0.8) 
(0.6) 
(2.0)

(435.1)

(272.4)

103.7 

(15.0) 
(0.2) 
(11.4)

(26.6)

77.1 

2.2  
26.9  
0.6  
13.7  
33.7 

77.1 

The financial statements of the Company (company number 00521970) were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 19 February 2015 and 
signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 

Steve Crummett
Finance Director

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Company financial statements

110

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Company statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2014

Balance at 1 January 2013 
Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 
Actuarial gain arising on defined benefit asset 

Total comprehensive income 
Share option expense 
Issue of shares at a premium 
Exercise of share options and vesting of share awards 
Tax relating to share option expense 
Dividends paid 

Balance at 1 January 2014 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 
Actuarial gain arising on defined benefit asset 
Tax arising on actuarial gain on retirement benefit asset 

Total comprehensive income 
Share option expense 
Issue of shares at a premium 
Exercise of share options and vesting of share awards 
Dividends paid 

Share 
capital 
£m 

2.2  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

26.7  
-  

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 

0.6  
-  

-  

-  
-  
0.2  
-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

Special 
reserve 
£m 

13.7  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

2.2  
-  

26.9  
-  

0.6  
-  

13.7  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
4.0  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£m 

57.9  
(15.4) 

0.9  

(14.5) 
1.2  
-  
0.4  
0.2  
(11.5) 

33.7  
7.2  

0.1  
(0.2) 

7.1  
0.7  
-  
0.2  
(11.5) 

Balance at 31 December 2014 

2.2  

30.9  

0.6  

13.7  

30.2  

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

Shareholders’ 
funds 
£m

101.1  
(15.4) 

0.9 

(14.5) 
1.2  
0.2  
0.4  
0.2  
(11.5)

77.1  
7.2  

0.1  
(0.2)

7.1  
0.7  
4.0  
0.2  
(11.5)

77.6 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Company financial statements

111

  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Significant accounting policies

for the year ended 31 December 2014

Basis of accounting
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’). The Company meets the definition of  
a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Accordingly, in the year ended 31 December 
2014 the Company has undergone transition from reporting under UK GAAP to FRS 101 as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

On adoption of FRS 101, no significant changes in accounting policies have been noted, and no transition adjustments were required on the prior year financial 
statements therefore the opening balance sheet on transition has not been presented. 

The Company’s accounting policies are consistent with those described in the consolidated accounts of Morgan Sindall Group plc, except that, as permitted  
by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-based payments, financial 
instruments, capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement and related party transactions. Where required, equivalent disclosures are given  
in the consolidated accounts. In addition, disclosures in relation to retirement benefit schemes (note 19), share capital (note 24) and dividends (note 7)  
have not been repeated here as there are no differences to those provided in the consolidated accounts.

Consolidated accounts have not been prepared for the Company and its subsidiaries under the exemption granted by Section 400 of the Act. Accordingly, 
these financial statements present information about the Company and not about its Group.

These financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis as discussed in the finance review on page 30, and under the historical cost 
convention. The financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Company’s functional currency, and unless otherwise stated have been 
rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

Profit of the parent company
The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Act and consequently the statement of comprehensive income (including the profit and loss 
account) of the parent company is not presented as part of these accounts. The profit of the parent company for the financial year amounted to £7.2m 
(2013: loss of £15.4m).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Significant accounting policies

112

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Notes to the Company financial statements

1  Investments

Cost 
1 January 2014 

31 December 2014 

Provisions 
1 January 2014 and 31 December 2014 

Net book value at 31 December 2014 
Net book value at 31 December 2013 

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£m 

Other 
investments 
£m 

377.8  

377.8  

(3.5) 

374.3  
374.3  

0.3  

0.3  

–  

0.3  
0.3  

Total 
£m

378.1 

378.1 

(3.5)

374.6  
374.6 

The Company acts as a holding company for the Group and has the following principal subsidiary undertakings and significant interests in joint ventures  
which affected the Group’s results or net assets:

Subsidiary undertakings 
Lovell Partnerships Limited 
Magnor Plant Hire Limited 
Morgan Lovell plc 
Morgan Sindall plc 
Morgan Sindall Investments Limited 
Morgan Sindall Professional Services AG 
Morgan Sindall Professional Services Ltd 
Morgan Sindall Underground Professional Services Ltd 
Muse Developments Limited 
Newman Insurance Company Limited 
Overbury plc 

Activity
Affordable housing 
Construction plant hire 
Specialist in office design and build 
Construction and infrastructure 
Project investments 
Design services 
Design services 
Infrastructure design services 
Urban regeneration 
Insurance 
Fitting out and refurbishment specialists 

Joint Ventures  
Ashton Moss Developments Limited (50%)* 
Bromley Park (Holdings) Limited (50%)* 
Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited (50%)* 
English Cities Fund Limited Partnership (12.5%)* 
HB Community Solutions Living Limited (50%)* 
hub West Scotland Limited (33.3%)* 
ISIS Waterside Regeneration Limited (50%)* 
Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited (50%)* 
Morgan-Vinci Limited (50%)* 
Slough Regeneration Partnership LLP (50%)* 
St Andrews Brae Developments Limited (50%)* 
The Bournemouth Development Company LLP (50%)* 
The Compendium Group Limited (50%)* 

Urban regeneration 
Residential development 
Infrastructure services 
Urban regeneration  
Development of supported living facilities 
Delivering public sector health and education projects in the Glasgow area 
Urban waterside regeneration 
Commercial office development 
Infrastructure services 
Mixed-tenure development 
Residential development 
Mixed-tenure development 
Investment in affordable housing 

All subsidiary undertakings are wholly-owned unless shown otherwise and, with the exception of companies marked *, all shareholdings are in the name  
of Morgan Sindall Group plc. The proportion of ownership interest is the same as the proportion of voting power held except for English Cities Fund, details  
of which are shown in the consolidated financial statements note 12. With the exception of Newman Insurance Company Limited, registered and operating  
in Guernsey and Morgan Sindall Professional Services AG, registered and operating in Switzerland, all undertakings are registered in England and Wales and  
the principal place of business is the UK. Newman Insurance Company Limited has a year end of 30 November coterminous with the renewal date for the 
insurance arrangements in which it participates.

2  Provisions

1 January 2014 
Additions 
Utilised 

31 December 2014 

Employee 
provisions 
£m 

Insurance 
provisions 
£m 

0.4  
–  
–  

0.4  

11.0  
2.2  
(1.7) 

11.5  

Total 
£m

11.4  
2.2  
(1.7)

11.9 

The Company has provisions for self-insurance in respect of claims incurred but not yet received and employee provisions which comprise obligations to  
former employees that are not related to retirement or post-retirement obligations. The majority of the provisions are expected to be utilised within five years.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Notes to the Company financial statements

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Financial statements

Shareholder information

Financial calendar 2014

Financial year end 
Preliminary results announcement 
Annual general meeting 
Trading update 
Final dividend: 
  Ex-dividend date 
  Record date 
  Payment date 
Half year results announcement 
Interim dividend payable 
Trading update 

31 December 2014 
19 February 2015 
7 May 2015 
7 May 2015 

30 April 2015 
1 May 2015 
29 May 2015 
August 2015 
October 2015 
November 2015

Investors who hold their shares via an intermediary should contact  
the intermediary regarding the receipt of shareholder documents from  
the Company.

The Group has a wide range of information that is available on its  
website www.morgansindall.com including:
• Finance information – annual and interim reports, financial news  

and events

• Share price information
• Shareholder services information
• Press releases both current and historical.

Registrar
All administrative enquiries relating to shareholdings, such as lost certificates, 
changes of address, change of ownership or dividend payments and requests 
to receive corporate documents by email should, in the first instance,  
be directed to the Company’s registrar and clearly state the shareholder’s 
registered address and, if available, the full shareholder reference number:

Multiple accounts
Shareholders who receive more than one copy of communications from the 
Company may have more than one account in their name on the Company’s 
register of members. Any shareholder wishing to amalgamate such holdings 
should write to the registrar giving details of the accounts concerned and 
instructions on how they should be amalgamated.

By post: Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions,  
Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ.

By telephone: +44 (0) 870 707 1695. Lines are open from 8.30am  
to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday.

By email: webcorres@computershare.com

Online: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

Registering on the registrar’s website enables you to view your shareholding 
in Morgan Sindall Group plc including an indicative share price and valuation, 
check your holding balance and transactions, change your address or bank 
details and view or request outstanding payments. If you wish to view your 
shareholding, please log on to www.investorcentre.co.uk and select Sign In  
if you already have an Investor Centre user ID or click Register if you are a 
new user, then follow the instructions.

Dividend mandates
Shareholders who do not currently have their dividends paid directly  
to a UK bank or building society account and wish to do so should  
complete a mandate instruction available from the registrar on request  
or at www.investorcentre.co.uk within the Downloadable Forms section.

Website and electronic communications
The 2014 annual report and other information about the Company are 
available on its website, www.morgansindall.com. The Company operates  
a service whereby you can register to receive notice by email of all 
announcements released by the Company.

The Company’s share price (15 minutes delay) is displayed on the  
Company’s website.

Shareholder documents are now, following changes in Company law and 
shareholder approval, primarily made available via the Company’s website  
at www.morgansindall.com/investors unless a shareholder has requested  
to continue to receive hard copies of such documents. If a shareholder  
has registered their up-to-date email address, an email will be sent to that 
address when such documents are available on the website. If shareholders 
have not provided an up-to-date email address and have not elected to 
receive documents in hard copy, a letter will be posted to their address that  
is recorded on the register of members notifying them that the documents 
are available on the website. Shareholders can continue to receive hard  
copies of shareholder documents by contacting the registrar.

If you have not already registered your current email address, you can  
do so at www.investorcentre.co.uk.

Shareholder alerts
Unsolicited mail, investment advice and fraud
The Company is obliged by law to make its share register publicly available 
and, as a consequence, some shareholders may receive unsolicited mail. In 
addition, many companies have become aware that their shareholders have 
received unsolicited phone calls or correspondence, typically from overseas 
‘brokers’, concerning investment matters. 

These callers can be very persistent and extremely persuasive and their 
activities have resulted in considerable losses for some investors. It is not just 
the novice investor that has been deceived in this way; many of the victims 
have been successfully investing for several years. Shareholders are advised 
to be very wary of any unsolicited advice, offers to buy shares at a discount 
or offers of free company reports.

Please keep in mind that firms authorised by the FCA are unlikely to contact 
you out of the blue with an offer to buy or sell shares.

If you receive any unsolicited mail or investment advice:
• Make sure you get the correct name of the person and organisation
• Check the Financial Services Register at www.fca.org.uk
• Use the details on the Financial Services Register to contact the firm
• Call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768 if there are no  
contact details on the Register or you are told they are out of date
• Beware of fraudsters claiming to be from an authorised firm, copying  

its website or giving you false contact details

• Use the firm’s contact details listed on the Register if you want to call  

it back

• Search the list of unauthorised firms and individuals to avoid doing  

business with at www.fca.org.uk/scams

• Report a share scam by telling the FCA using the share fraud reporting 

form at www.fca.org.uk/scams

• If the unsolicited phone calls persist, hang up 
• If you wish to limit the amount of unsolicited mail you receive,  

contact The Mailing Preference Service, FREEPOST 29 (LON20771), 
London W1E 0ZT or visit the website at www.mpsonline.co.uk.

If you deal with an unauthorised firm, you will not be eligible to receive 
payment under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. If you have 
already paid money to share fraudsters you should contact Action Fraud  
on 0300 123 2040.

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Shareholder information

114

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Shareholder information continued

Share dealing services
You can buy shares through any authorised stockbroker or bank that  
offers a share dealing service in the UK, or in your country of residence  
if outside the UK. 

Shareholder communication
Email: enquiries@morgansindall.com 
Telephone: 020 7307 9200

Registered office
Kent House, 14–17 Market Place, London W1W 8AJ  
Registered in England and Wales, No. 00521970

Advisers
Brokers
Jefferies Hoare Govett 
Numis Securities Limited

Solicitors 
Slaughter and May 

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services plc

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP

A telephone dealing service has also been arranged with Stocktrade which 
provides a simple way of buying or selling Morgan Sindall Group plc shares. 
Basic commission is 0.5% up to £10,000, reducing to 0.2% thereafter 
(subject to a minimum commission of £15). Sales are carried out on a 10-day 
settlement basis with purchases on a five-day basis. When purchasing shares, 
payment must be made by debit card at the time of dealing. For further 
information, please call 0845 601 0995 and quote reference Low Co140.

Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)
The AGM of the Company will be held at 12:00pm on Thursday 7 May 2015 
at the offices of Jefferies Hoare Govett, Vintners Place, 68 Upper Thames 
Street, London EC4V 3BJ, UK. The Notice of Meeting and Form of Proxy are 
enclosed with this annual report. The Notice of Annual General Meeting can 
be found in the investors section on the Morgan Sindall Group plc website 
(www.morgansindall.com).

Electronic voting
Shareholders can submit proxies for the 2015 AGM electronically by logging 
on to www.investorcentre.co.uk/eproxy. Electronic proxy appointments  
must be received by the Company’s registrar no later than 12:00pm  
on Tuesday 5 May 2015 (or not less than 48 hours before the time fixed  
for any adjourned meeting). 

Analysis of shareholdings at 31 December 2014

Holding of shares 
Up to 1,000 
1,001 to 5,000 
5,001 to 100,000 
100,001 to 1,000,000 
Over 1,000,000 

Number of 
accounts 

% of total  
accounts 

Number of 
shares 

% of total 
shares

892 
591 
190 
54 
9 

51.38 
34.04 
10.95 
3.11 
0.52 

434,450 
1,237,151 
4,350,053 
16,757,873 
21,299,540 

0.98 
2.81 
9.87 
38.02 
48.32

1,736 

100.00 

44,079,067 

100.00

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014
Shareholder information

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward looking statements
This document may include certain forward looking statements, beliefs  
or opinions that are based on current expectations or beliefs, as well as 
assumptions about future events. These forward looking statements can  
be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current 
facts. Forward looking statements often use words such as anticipate,  
target, expect, estimate, intend, plan, goal, believe, will, may, should, would, 
could or other words of similar meaning. Undue reliance should not be  
placed on any such statements because, by their very nature, they are 
subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and can be affected 
by other factors that could cause actual results, and the Group’s plans  
and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the  
forward looking statements.

There are several factors that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those expressed or implied in forward looking statements. Among 
the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
described in forward looking statements are changes in the global, political, 
economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory forces, future 
exchange and interest rates, changes in tax rates and future business 
combinations or dispositions.

The Group undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward  
looking statement contained within this document, regardless of whether 
those statements are affected as a result of new information, future  
events or otherwise.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

0
2
–
4
6

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4
7
–
7
6

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7
7
–
1
1
6

Morgan Sindall Group plc  Annual report 2014

116